2016 Sonic Owners Manual

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Sonic_23426672A_COVER.
pdf 1 7/20/2015 9:50:04 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Chevrolet Sonic Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada-9085902) -
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 25
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 89
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 127
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 180
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 301
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 318
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 329
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
2016 - CRC - 6/2/15
2 Introduction
Introduction was not purchased on the vehicle, Helm, Incorporated

model variants, country Attention: Customer Service
specifications, features/applications 47911 Halyard Drive
that may not be available in your Plymouth, MI 48170
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual. Using this Manual
Refer to the purchase To quickly locate information about
documentation relating to your the vehicle, use the Index in the
specific vehicle to confirm the back of the manual. It is an
The names, logos, emblems, features. alphabetical list of what is in the
slogans, vehicle model names, and
Keep this manual in the vehicle for manual and the page number where
vehicle body designs appearing in
quick reference. it can be found.
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Canadian Vehicle Owners Danger, Warning, and
SONIC are trademarks and/or Caution
service marks of General Motors Propritaires Canadiens
Warning messages found on vehicle
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe
or licensors. obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or
For vehicles first sold in Canada, www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them.
substitute the name General On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
Motors of Canada Limited for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
ce guide en franais auprs du
concessionnaire ou l'adresse
{ Danger
appears in this manual. savant: Danger indicates a hazard with a
This manual describes features that high level of risk which will result
may or may not be on the vehicle in serious injury or death.
because of optional equipment that
Litho in U.S.A.

Part No. 23426672 A First Printing 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Introduction 3
the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control

{ Warning information relating to a specific
component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.
gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
manual has additional instructions
or information.
O : Exterior Lamps
Caution * : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
Caution indicates a hazard that manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps
could result in property or vehicle or information. . : Fuel Gauge
damage. 0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses
information on another page
see page. 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
Vehicle Symbol Chart
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
and what they mean. For more : : Oil Pressure
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
} : Power
A circle with a slash through it is a / : Remote Vehicle Start
safety symbol which means Do 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
Not, Do not do this, or Do not let # : Air Conditioning > : Safety Belt Reminders
this happen. 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Symbols % : AudioSteering Wheel Controls d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
The vehicle has components and
or OnStar a : Under Pressure
labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light M : Windshield Washer Fluid
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
4 Introduction
2 NOTES
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Instrument Panel Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 19
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20
Initial Drive Information Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Driver Information
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Lane Departure
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 23
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13
Driving for Better Fuel
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Roadside Assistance
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 178. 12. Shift Lever. See Automatic 22. Data Link Connector (DLC)
2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 120. Transmission 0 198 (If (Out of View). See Malfunction
Equipped) or Manual Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Instrument Panel Illumination Transmission 0 200 (If Light) 0 100.
Control 0 124. Equipped). 23. Hood Release. See Hood
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn 13. Traction Control/Electronic 0 222.
and Lane-Change Signals Stability Control 0 204.
0 123.
14. Trunk Release (Sedan). See
4. Instrument Cluster 0 96. Trunk (Sedan) 0 33.
5. Horn 0 90. 15. Power Outlets 0 94.
6. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 91. 16. Climate Control Systems
7. Infotainment 0 127. 0 176.
8. Light Sensor. See Automatic 17. Central Locking Switch. See
Headlamp System 0 122. Door Locks 0 30.
9. Instrument Panel Storage 0 86. 18. Ignition Switch. See Ignition
Positions 0 191.
USB Port 0 142 (Inside IP
Storage) (If Equipped). 19. Steering Wheel Controls 0 90.
Auxiliary Devices 0 144 (Inside 20. Steering Wheel Adjustment
IP Storage) (If Equipped). 0 90.
10. Passenger Sensing System 21. Cruise Control 0 206.
0 62. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
11. Hazard Warning Flashers System 0 210 (If Equipped.
0 122. Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) 0 212 (If Equipped).
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Press and release 7 to initiate

vehicle locator.
Information
Press and hold 7 for at least
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the three seconds to sound the panic
important features that may or may alarm.
not be on your specific vehicle. Press 7 again to cancel the panic
For more detailed information, refer alarm.
to each of the features which can be See Keys 0 25 and Remote Keyless
found later in this owner manual. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.
Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start Shown Remote Vehicle Start
(RKE) System Press the key release button to If equipped, the engine can be
The RKE transmitter may work up to extend the key blade. The key can started from outside of the vehicle.
60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. be used for the ignition and all
locks. Starting the Vehicle
Press K to unlock the driver door or 1. Press and release Q on the
all doors. RKE transmitter.
Press Q to lock all doors. 2. Immediately press and hold /

for at least four seconds or until
Lock and unlock feedback can be the turn signal lamps flash.
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 113. 3. Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
If equipped, press and hold Y to When the vehicle starts, the parking
release the trunk. lamps will turn on.
Remote start can be extended.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 9
Canceling a Remote Start . Press the lock knob on the driver

door to lock all doors and,
To cancel a remote start, do one of
if equipped, the liftgate.
the following:
To unlock the doors from inside the
. Press and hold / until the vehicle:
parking lamps turn off.
. Press K on the central locking
. Turn on the hazard warning
switch or on the driver door
flashers.
switch.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. . Pull the door handle. Pulling the
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 29. door handle again unlatches
the door.
Door Locks . Lift the lock knob on the driver To open the liftgate from the
To lock or unlock the doors from door to unlock the driver door. outside, press K twice on the RKE
outside the vehicle: transmitter to unlock all doors, then
See Door Locks 0 30.
use the touch pad.
. Use the key in the driver door to
lock all doors or unlock the Liftgate See Liftgate (Hatchback) 0 35.
driver door only.
To lock or unlock the liftgate from Trunk Release
. Press Q or K on the Remote the inside, press Q or K on the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. central locking switch or on the To lock or unlock the trunk from the
See Remote Keyless Entry driver door switch. inside, press Q or K on the central
(RKE) System Operation 0 27. locking switch or on the driver door
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for
switch.
To lock the doors from inside the automatic transmissions. For
vehicle: manual transmissions the parking
brake must be engaged.
. Press Q on the central locking
switch or on the driver door
switch.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
10 In Brief
To open the trunk from outside of Power Windows

the vehicle:
. Press K on the RKE transmitter
to unlock all doors, then use the
touch pad.
. Press and hold Y on the RKE
transmitter.
See Trunk (Sedan) 0 33 and
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 27.
To open the trunk from inside the Windows
vehicle press V.
Manual Windows If equipped, press the switch down
to open the window. Pull the front of
If equipped, use the window crank the switch up to close it.
to open and close each window.
The switches work when the vehicle
See Manual Windows 0 40. is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 194.
See Power Windows 0 40.
To lock the trunk from the outside

press Q on the RKE transmitter.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 11
Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster Reclining Seatbacks

Manual Seats
If available, move the lever up or To recline a manual seatback:

down to manually raise or lower 1. Lift the lever.
To adjust a manual seat: the seat.
1. Pull the handle at the front of If necessary, move the safety
See Seat Adjustment 0 45. belt out of the way to access
the seat.
the lever.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the 2. Move the seatback to the
handle. desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
3. Try to move the seat back and seatback in place.
forth to be sure it is locked in
3. Push and pull on the seatback
place.
to make sure it is locked in
See Seat Adjustment 0 45. place.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
12 In Brief
To return the seatback to the upright See Head Restraints 0 43 and Seat Passenger Sensing
position: Adjustment 0 45.
System
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the Safety Belts
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 46. United States
Second Row Seats

The rear seatbacks can be folded
down to increase cargo space.
See Rear Seats 0 48.
Head Restraint Canada

Refer to the following sections for
Adjustment important information on how to use The passenger sensing system
safety belts properly: turns off the front outboard
Do not drive until the head restraints passenger frontal airbag and knee
for all occupants are installed and . Safety Belts 0 50.
airbag under certain conditions. No
adjusted properly. . How to Wear Safety Belts other airbag is affected by the
To achieve a comfortable seating Properly 0 51. passenger sensing system. See
position, change the seatback . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 52. Passenger Sensing System 0 62.
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
restraint height in the proper Children (LATCH System) 0 74.
position.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 13
The passenger airbag status Power Outside Mirrors Interior Mirror

indicator will be visible on the
Hold the inside rearview mirror in
instrument panel when the vehicle is
the center to move it for a clearer
started. See Passenger Airbag
view behind your vehicle. Adjust the
Status Indicator 0 99.
mirror to avoid glare from the
headlamps behind you. Push the
Mirror Adjustment tab forward for daytime use and pull
Exterior Mirrors it for nighttime use.
See Manual Rearview Mirror 0 39.
Manual Outside Mirrors
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
For vehicles with power outside
mirrors:
1. Select the mirror by moving the
selector switch to L for the
driver side or R for the
passenger side.
2. Use the control knob to move
the mirror in the desired
direction.
Move the control up, down, or side
to side to adjust the mirror. See Power Mirrors 0 38.
See Manual Mirrors 0 38.
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
14 In Brief
2. Move the steering wheel up, H : When the button is returned to Exterior Lighting
down, forward, and backward. the middle position, the lamps turn
3. Pull the lever up to lock the on automatically when a door is
steering wheel in place. opened.
Do not adjust the steering wheel R : Press to turn on the dome lamps.
while driving. Reading Lamps
Interior Lighting
Dome Lamps
The exterior lamp control is on the

instrument panel to the outboard
side of the steering column.
O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic light control off or
on again.
For vehicles with front reading
lamps, they are in the overhead AUTO : Turns the headlamps on
console. automatically at normal brightness,
together with the following:
# or $ : Press to turn each lamp
on or off. . Parking Lamps
For more information about interior . Taillamps
The dome lamp controls are in the lighting, see Instrument Panel . License Plate Lamps
headliner above the rear seats. Illumination Control 0 124 or
Courtesy Lamps 0 124. . Instrument Panel Lights
9 : Press to turn the lamps off,
even when a door is open. . Sidemarker Lamps
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 15
; : Turns on the parking lamps OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
including all lamps except the 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
headlamps. the wiper lever down. For several
5 : Turns the headlamps on wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
together with the parking lamps and n L : Pull the windshield wiper
instrument panel lights. A warning lever toward you to spray windshield
chime sounds if the driver door is Hatchback
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
opened when the ignition switch is The windshield wiper/washer lever
off and the headlamps are on. See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 91.
is on the right side of the steering For vehicles with a rear window
# : For vehicles with fog lamps, column.
wiper/washer, see Rear Window
press to turn the lamps on or off. Move the lever to one of the Wiper/Washer 0 92.
See: following positions:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 120 HI : Use for fast wipes. Climate Controls
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) LO : Use for slow wipes. If equipped with these climate
0 121 control systems, the heating,
cooling, and ventilation can be
. Fog Lamps 0 123 controlled for the vehicle.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
Hatchback Shown, Sedan Similar

INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
Sedan wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
16 In Brief
1. Move the shift lever from

D (Drive) rearward to
M (Manual Mode).
Climate Control System with Climate Control System with

Heater and Air Conditioning Heater Only
1. Temperature Control 1. Temperature Control
2. Fan Control 2. Fan Control 2. Press the + (plus) end of the
3. Air Delivery Mode Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Control button on the side of the shift
lever to upshift, or press the
4. Driver and Passenger Heated 4. Rear Window Defogger
(minus) end of the button to
Seats (If Equipped) See Climate Control Systems 0 176. downshift.
5. Recirculation
See Manual Mode 0 199.
6. Rear Window Defogger Transmission
7. Air Conditioning Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode
This position allows you to change
gears similar to a manual
transmission. To use this feature:
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 17
Manual Transmission Reverse Lockout Starting the Engine

Up-Shift Light The vehicle has a
Computer-Controlled Cranking
System. It assists in starting the
engine and protects components.
If the ignition key is turned to
START and then released when the
engine begins cranking, the engine
will continue cranking for a few
Vehicles equipped with a manual seconds or until the engine starts.
transmission may have an up-shift If the engine does not start and the
light. This light indicates when to key is held in START, cranking will
shift to the next higher gear for be stopped after 15 seconds to
better fuel economy. prevent damage. To prevent gear
The manual transmission is damage, cranking is not allowed if
For the best fuel economy, equipped with a reverse lockout
accelerate slowly and shift when the the engine is running. Engine
ring. To shift into R (Reverse), press cranking can be stopped by turning
light comes on, if weather, road, and down the clutch pedal, lift up the
traffic conditions allow. the ignition key to ACC/
ring on the shift lever, and shift into ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. See
It is normal for the light to go on and R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch Starting the Engine 0 192.
off if the accelerator position pedal slowly while pressing the
changes quickly. Ignore the light accelerator pedal.
during downshifts. See Manual Transmission 0 200.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
18 In Brief
Vehicle Features Storing a Favorite Station Radio Controls with

Stations from all bands can be Touchscreen
Radio(s) stored in any order in the favorite Audio Source Menu
pages.
Radio Controls without z VOL y (Volume): Press to
Up to six stations can be stored in increase or decrease the volume.
Touchscreen each favorite page and the number
O /VOL: Press to turn the system of available favorite pages can O (Power) : Press and hold to turn
on or off. be set. the system on and off.
Turn to increase or decrease the Storing Stations
D (Home Page) : Press to enter
volume. the Home Page.
To store the station to a position in
When the system is on, press and the list, press the corresponding Storing a Favorite Station
release to mute the system. Press button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. Stations from all bands can be
and release again to turn the sound stored in any order in the favorite
back on. Retrieving Stations
pages.
RADIO/BAND: Press to choose FM, Press the FAV button to open a
favorite page or to switch to another Up to five stations can be stored in
AM, or SiriusXM (if equipped). each of the seven favorites pages.
favorite page. Briefly press one of
SEEK : Seeks the next station. the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the Storing Stations
SEEK Seeks the previous station. station.
To store the station to a position in
Push/MENU/TUNE: Turn to See Storing a Favorite Station the list, touching the corresponding
navigate the available menus. Turn under "Radio Controls without button 15 until a beep is heard.
to search for stations. Touchscreen" in AM-FM Radio
0 136. 1. Select the desired station.
MEDIA: Press to select external 2. Touch S or T to select the
audio source.
desired page of saved
For more information about these favorites.
and other radio features, see
Operation 0 132.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 19
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide Bluetooth

variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to The Bluetooth system allows users
coast, and in digital-quality sound. with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile
A fee is required to receive the phone to make and receive
SiriusXM service. hands-free calls using the vehicle
audio system and controls.
Refer to:
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile
. www.siriusxm.com or call phone must be paired with the
3. Touch and hold any of the 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.). in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it
preset buttons to save the . www.xmradio.ca or call can be used in the vehicle. Not all
current radio station to that 1-877-209-0079 (Canada) phones will support all functions.
button of the selected See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition)
See Satellite Radio 0 140.
favorites page. 0 153 or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 146
To change a preset button, tune to Portable Audio Devices or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
the new desired radio station and 0 147 and Hands-Free Phone
touch and hold the button. Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm 0 158.
(1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB
See Storing a Favorite Station port in the storage area to the right
under "Radio Controls with of the infotainment system.
Touchscreen" in AM-FM Radio A second AUX input is on the front
0 136. of the infotainment system,
Setting the Clock if equipped. External devices such
as iPods, laptop computers, MP3
See Clock 0 93. players, CD changers, and USB
storage devices may be connected,
Satellite Radio depending on the audio system.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service See Auxiliary Devices 0 144.
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
20 In Brief
Steering Wheel Controls For vehicles with OnStar or Cruise Control

Bluetooth systems, press to reject
an incoming call, or end a
current call.
_ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio
source.
Toggle up or down to select the next
or previous favorite radio station,
USB file, iPod/iPhone song or
Bluetooth music.
Toggle and hold up or down to fast
forward or reverse the radio
stations, USB files, iPod/iPhone
songs or Bluetooth music.
Some audio steering wheel controls
could differ depending on the + x : Press + or to increase or o : Press to turn the cruise control
vehicle's options. Some audio decrease the volume. system on and off. A white indicator
steering wheel controls can be comes on in the instrument cluster
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 90. when cruise is turned on.
adjusted at the steering wheel.
b / g : Press to interact with the RES/+ : If there is a set speed in
available Bluetooth or OnStar memory, move the thumbwheel up
systems. briefly to resume to that speed or
hold upward to accelerate. If cruise
$ / i : Press to decline an control is already active, use to
incoming call, to end speech increase vehicle speed.
recognition, or to end a current call.
Press to silence the vehicle
speakers while using the
infotainment system. Press again to
turn the sound on.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 21
SET/ : Move the thumbwheel down 2. w x : Turn the band to scroll Lane Departure
briefly to set the speed and activate through the menu items.
cruise control. If cruise control is
Warning (LDW)
already active, use to decrease 3. MENU: Press to display the If equipped, LDW may help avoid
speed. DIC menus. This button is also unintentional lane departures at
used to return to or exit the last speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
n : Press to disengage cruise screen displayed on the DIC.
control without erasing the set greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
speed from memory. See Driver Information Center (DIC) to detect the lane markings. The
0 109. LDW light, @, is green if a lane
See Cruise Control 0 206.
marking is detected. If the vehicle
Forward Collision Alert departs the lane without using a turn
Driver Information signal in that direction, the light will
(FCA) System
Center (DIC) change to amber and flash. In
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or addition, beeps will sound.
The DIC display is in the instrument reduce the harm caused by
cluster. It shows the status of many front-end crashes. FCA provides a See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
vehicle systems. The controls for 0 212.
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
the DIC are on the turn signal lever.
is detected ahead. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
Rear Vision
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing Camera (RVC)
alert and rapidly beeps. This alert If equipped, RVC displays a view of
stays lit if you follow a vehicle much the area behind the vehicle, on the
too closely. center stack display, when the
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear System 0 210. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
the menu item displayed. 0 208.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
22 In Brief
Power Outlets Sunroof Open/Close : To open the sunroof,

press and hold the rear of the
The accessory power outlets can be switch. To close the sunroof, press
used to plug in electrical equipment, and hold the front of the switch.
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
Vent : Press and hold the front of
The vehicle has an accessory the switch to vent the sunroof.
power outlet in front of the
cupholders on the center floor Express Open : Press and release
console. the rear of the switch to
express open.
See Power Outlets 0 94.
Manually close the sunshade.
The sunroof will not operate if the
vehicle has an electrical failure.
See Sunroof 0 42.
On vehicles with this feature, the
sunroof only operates when the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN or
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
In Brief 23
Performance and until the traction off light i and Vehicle Load Limits 0 187. The
warning light will remain on until the
Maintenance the StabiliTrak OFF light g
tire pressure is corrected.
illuminate.
The low tire pressure warning light
Traction Control/ . Press the TCS/StabiliTrak button may come on in cool weather when
Electronic Stability g again to turn on both systems. the vehicle is first started, and then
Control See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Stability Control 0 204. may be an early indicator that the
The Traction Control System (TCS) tire pressures are getting low and
limits wheel spin. The system is on Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the
when the vehicle is started. proper pressure.
This vehicle may have a Tire
The StabiliTrak system assists with Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal
directional control of the vehicle in monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
difficult driving conditions. The the correct tire pressures.
system is on when the vehicle is
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
started.
0 262.
. To turn off traction control, press
and release the TCS/StabiliTrak Engine Oil Life System
button g on the center console.
The engine oil life system calculates
The traction off light i The low tire pressure warning light
engine oil life based on vehicle use
illuminates. alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's and displays the : % CHANGE
. Press and release the TCS/ tires. If the warning light comes on, message on the DIC when it is
StabiliTrak button g again to stop as soon as possible and inflate necessary to change the engine oil
turn traction control back on. the tires to the recommended and filter.
. To turn off both traction control pressure shown on the Tire and Remember, the oil life display must
Loading Information label. See be reset after each oil change. It will
and StabiliTrak, press and hold
not reset itself.
the TCS/StabiliTrak button g
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
24 In Brief
Resetting the Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel . Combine several trips into a
single trip.
1. Press the MENU button to Economy
show Remaining Oil Life on the . Replace the vehicle's tires with
display. This display shows an Driving habits can affect fuel the same TPC Spec number
estimate of the oils remaining mileage. Here are some driving tips molded into the tire's sidewall
useful life. If 99% is displayed, to get the best fuel economy near the size.
that means that 99% of the possible.
. Follow recommended scheduled
current oil life remains. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
maintenance.
2. To reset the engine oil life smoothly.
system, press the SET/CLR . Brake gradually and avoid Roadside Assistance
button while the oil life display abrupt stops.
is active. After a few seconds,
Program
. Avoid idling the engine for long
there will be a single chime and U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
periods of time.
the oil life will be reset TTY Users (U.S. Only):
to 100%. . When road and weather
1-888-889-2438
conditions are appropriate, use
Be careful not to reset the oil life Canada: 1-800-268-6800
cruise control.
display accidentally at any time
other than when the oil has just . Always follow posted speed As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
been changed. It cannot be reset limits or drive more slowly when you are automatically enrolled in the
accurately until the next oil change. conditions require. Roadside Assistance program.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 228. . Keep vehicle tires properly See Roadside Assistance Program
inflated. 0 322.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Keys and Locks
Windows Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
38 Keys
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Keys and Locks Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Interior Mirrors
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 39 a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows transmitter is dangerous and
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 children or others could be
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 29 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 could operate the power windows
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 or other controls or make the
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 32 vehicle move. The windows will
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Roof function with the RKE transmitter
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 in the vehicle, and children or
others could be caught in the path
Doors
of a closing window. Do not leave
Trunk (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Liftgate (Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . 35 children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 36
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 37
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
26 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key, key rings, and RKE Press the button on the RKE
{ Warning transmitter, if equipped, are transmitter to extend the key. Press
designed to work together. As a the button and the key blade to
If the key is unintentionally
system, it reduces the risk of retract the key.
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. If replacements See your dealer if a new key is
moved out of the RUN position. or additions are required, see your needed.
This could be caused by heavy dealer. Limit added items to a few If the vehicle has an ignition, and it
items hanging from the key ring, essential keys or small, light items becomes difficult to turn they key,
or by large or long items attached no larger than an RKE transmitter. inspect the key blade for debris.
to the key ring that could be
The key that is part of the Remote If you are locked out of the vehicle,
contacted by the driver or
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can see Roadside Assistance Program
steering wheel. If the ignition be used for the ignition and all 0 322.
moves out of the RUN position, locks.
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors.
(RKE) System (RKE) System Operation The turn signal indicators may flash
and/or the horn may sound to
See Radio Frequency Statement The RKE transmitter may work up to indicate locking. See Vehicle
0 328. 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Personalization 0 113.
If there is a decrease in the RKE Other conditions can affect the If the driver door is open when Q is
operating range: performance of the transmitter. See
pressed, all doors lock except the
. Check the distance. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
driver door, if Unlocked Door Anti
transmitter may be too far from System 0 27.
Lock Out is enabled through the
the vehicle. vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
. Check the location. Other Personalization 0 113. If the
vehicles or objects may be passenger door is open when Q is
blocking the signal. pressed, all doors lock.
. Check the transmitter's battery. Pressing Q may also arm the
See Battery Replacement later theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
in this section. Alarm System 0 36.
. If the transmitter is still not K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the
working correctly, see your driver door or all doors. See Vehicle
dealer or a qualified technician Personalization 0 113. The turn
for service. signal indicators flash to indicate
With Remote Start Shown unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle
The following buttons are on the Personalization 0 113.
transmitter: Pressing K may also disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 36.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Y(Remote Trunk Release) : Programming Transmitters to The security light will turn off
If equipped, press and hold to the Vehicle once the key has been
release the trunk. programmed.
Only RKE transmitters programmed
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic to this vehicle will work. If a 4. Repeat Steps 13 if additional
Alarm) : Press and release one transmitter is lost or stolen, a keys are to be programmed.
time to initiate vehicle locator. The replacement can be purchased and If a key is lost or damaged, see your
exterior lamps flash and the horn programmed through your dealer. dealer to have a new key made.
chirps three times. Press and hold When the replacement transmitter is
7 for at least three seconds to programmed to this vehicle, all Programming without a
sound the panic alarm. The horn remaining transmitters must also be Recognized Transmitter
sounds and the turn signals flash for reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen Program a new key to the vehicle
30 seconds until 7 is pressed transmitters will no longer work when a recognized key is not
again, or the key is placed in the once the new transmitter is available. Canadian regulations
ignition and turned to ON/RUN. programmed. See your dealer to require that owners see their dealer.
have new transmitters programmed.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : If there are no currently recognized
If equipped, press and release Q Programming with a Recognized keys available, follow this procedure
Transmitter to program the first key.
and then immediately press and
hold / for at least four seconds or To program a new key: This procedure will take
until the turn signal lamps flash to 1. Insert the original, already approximately 30 minutes to
start the engine from outside the programmed key in the ignition complete for the first key. The
vehicle using the RKE transmitter. and turn the key to the ON/ vehicle must be off and all of the
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 29. RUN position. keys you wish to program must be
with you.
The buttons on the RKE transmitter 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
are disabled when there is a key in and remove the key. 1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition. the ignition.
3. Insert the new key to be
programmed and turn it to the 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
ON/RUN position within light will come on.
five seconds.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
3. Wait 10 minutes until the 2. Remove the battery cover by Laws in some local communities
security light turns off. prying with a finger. may restrict the use of remote
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 3. Remove the old battery. starters. For example, some laws
require a person using remote start
5. Repeat Steps 24 two more 4. Insert the new battery, positive to have the vehicle in view. Check
times. After the third time, turn side facing up. Replace with a local regulations for any
to ON/RUN; the key is learned CR2032 or equivalent battery. requirements.
and all previously known keys 5. Snap the battery cover back on
will no longer work with the Other conditions can affect the
to the transmitter. performance of the transmitter. See
vehicle.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Remaining keys can be learned by Remote Vehicle Start System 0 27.
following the procedure in
Programming with a Recognized If equipped, this feature allows the Starting the Vehicle
Transmitter. engine to be started from outside
To start the engine using the remote
the vehicle.
start feature:
Battery Replacement / (Remote Vehicle Start) : This
The battery is not rechargeable. To button will be on the RKE 1. Press and release Q.
replace the battery: transmitter if the vehicle has remote 2. Immediately after completing
start. Step 1, press and hold / for at
Caution The climate control system will use least four seconds or until the
the previous settings during a turn signal lamps flash. The
When replacing the battery, do remote start. The rear defog may turn signal lamps flashing
not touch any of the circuitry on come on during remote start based confirms the request to remote
the transmitter. Static from your on cold ambient conditions. The start the vehicle has been
body could damage the rear fog indicator light does not received.
transmitter. come on during remote start.
If the vehicle has heated seats, they
1. Press the button on the may come on during a remote start.
transmitter to extend the key. See Heated Front Seats 0 47.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
When the engine starts, the parking After this, the vehicle's ignition . The oil pressure is low.
lamps will turn on and remain on as switch must be turned to ON/RUN . Two remote vehicle starts, or a
long as the engine is running. The and then back to LOCK/OFF using single remote start with an
doors will be locked and the climate the key, before the remote start extension, have already
control system may come on. procedure can be used again. been used.
The engine will continue to run for Canceling a Remote Start . The vehicle is not in P (Park).
10 minutes. After 30 seconds,
repeat the steps if a 10-minute To cancel a remote start, do one of
extension is desired. Remote start the following: Door Locks
can be extended only once. . Press and hold / until the
Insert the key and turn it to ON/RUN parking lamps turn off. { Warning
before driving. . Turn on the hazard warning Unlocked doors can be
Extending Engine Run Time flashers. dangerous.
The engine run time can also be . Turn the vehicle on and then off. . Passengers, especially
extended by another 10 minutes, children, can easily open
Conditions in Which Remote Start
if during the first 10 minutes the doors and fall out of a
Will Not Work
Steps 12 are repeated while the moving vehicle. When a
engine is still running. An extension The remote vehicle start feature will door is locked, the handle
can be requested, 30 seconds after not operate if: will not open it. The chance
starting. This provides a total of . The key is in the ignition. of being thrown out of the
20 minutes. vehicle in a crash is
. The hood is not closed. increased if the doors are
When the remote start is extended, not locked. So, all
. The hazard warning flashers
the second 10-minute period is passengers should wear
added on to the first 10 minutes for are on.
safety belts properly and the
a total of 20 minutes. . The malfunction indicator lamp
is on. (Continued)
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a single start with an extension, . The engine coolant temperature
are allowed between ignition cycles. is too high.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
. Press Q or K on the Remote . Press K on the central locking

Warning (Continued)
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. switch or on the driver door
doors should be locked See Remote Keyless Entry switch.
whenever the vehicle is (RKE) System Operation 0 27. . Pull the door handle. Pulling the
driven. door handle again unlatches
. Young children who get into the door.
unlocked vehicles may be . Lift the lock knob on the driver
unable to get out. A child door to unlock the driver door.
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer The central locking switch and
permanent injuries or even power door lock switch also lock
death from heat stroke. and unlock the liftgate/trunk.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it. Delayed Locking
. Outsiders can easily enter This feature delays the actual
through an unlocked door locking of the doors until
when you slow down or stop five seconds after all doors are
To lock the doors from inside the closed. Delayed locking can only be
the vehicle. Locking the
vehicle: turned on when the Unlocked Door
doors can help prevent this
from happening. . Press Q on the central locking Anti Lockout feature has been
switch or on the driver door turned off.
To lock or unlock the doors from switch. When Q is pressed on the driver or
outside the vehicle: . Press the lock knob on the driver passenger door power lock switch
. Use the key in the driver door to door to lock all doors and, while the door is open, a chime will
lock all doors or unlock the if equipped, the liftgate. sound three times to indicate that
driver door only. delayed locking is active. The doors
To unlock the doors from inside the will then lock automatically
vehicle: five seconds after all doors are
closed.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
If a door is reopened before If equipped with a manual Safety Locks

five seconds have elapsed, the five transmission the vehicle must be in
second timer will reset once all the Neutral with the parking brake set. The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors are closed again. Press Q on This feature can be programmed. doors from inside the vehicle.
the door lock switch again, or press See Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
Q on the RKE transmitter, to Manual Safety Locks
override this feature and lock the Lockout Protection
doors immediately.
If the driver side power door lock
Delayed locking can be switch is pressed when the driver
programmed through the Driver door is open and the key is in the
Information Center (DIC). See ignition, all of the doors will lock and
Vehicle Personalization 0 113. then the driver door will unlock.
Automatic Door Locks Lockout Protection can be manually
overridden with the driver door open
The vehicle is programmed so that by pressing and holding Q on the
when the doors are closed, the power door lock switch.
ignition is on, and the shift lever is
moved out of P (Park) for automatic If Unlocked Door Anti Lockout is
transmissions, or when the vehicle turned on and: the vehicle is off, the
speed is above 13 km/h (8 mph) for driver door is open, and door If equipped, the safety lock is
manual transmissions, the doors locking is requested using a door located on the inside edge of the
and the trunk/liftgate will lock. lock switch or the RKE transmitter, rear doors. To use the safety lock:
all the doors will lock and only the 1. Insert the key into the safety
To unlock the doors and the trunk/ driver door will unlock. The lock slot and turn it so the slot
liftgate press K on the center stack Unlocked Door Anti Lockout feature is in the horizontal position.
or the driver door switch. can be turned on or off using the
vehicle personalization menus. See 2. Close the door.
If equipped with an automatic
transmission the vehicle must be in Vehicle Personalization 0 113. 3. Do the same for the other
P (Park). rear door.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
To open a rear door when the safety Doors

lock is on: Warning (Continued)
1. Unlock the door by activating Trunk (Sedan) highest setting. See
the inside handle, by using the Climate Control Systems
power door lock switch, or by
using the Remote Keyless { Warning in the Index.
. If the vehicle is equipped
Entry (RKE) transmitter. Exhaust gases can enter the with a power liftgate, disable
2. Open the door from the vehicle if it is driven with the the power liftgate function.
outside. liftgate, hatch/trunk open, or with
For more information about
To cancel the safety lock: any objects that pass through the
carbon monoxide, see Engine
seal between the body and the
1. Unlock the door and open it Exhaust 0 197.
hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine
from the outside. exhaust contains carbon
2. Insert the key into the safety monoxide (CO) which cannot be To lock or unlock the trunk from the
lock slot and turn it so the slot seen or smelled. It can cause inside, press Q or K on the central
is in the vertical position. Do unconsciousness and even death. locking switch or the driver door lock
the same for the other door. switch.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or hatch/trunk open:
. Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
To open the trunk from outside of

the vehicle:
. Press K on the RKE transmitter
to unlock all doors, then use the
touch pad.
. Press and hold Y on the RKE
transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Emergency Trunk Release
To open the trunk from inside the Handle There is a glow-in-the-dark
vehicle, press V. emergency trunk release handle on
Caution the underside of the trunk lid. This
handle will glow following exposure
Do not use the emergency trunk to light. Pull the release handle
release handle as a tie-down or down to open the trunk from the
anchor point when securing items inside.
in the trunk as it could damage After use, return to the stored
the handle. position.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Liftgate (Hatchback) Warning (Continued)

{ Warning highest setting. See
Climate Control Systems
Exhaust gases can enter the in the Index.
vehicle if it is driven with the . If the vehicle is equipped
liftgate, hatch/trunk open, or with
with a power liftgate, disable
any objects that pass through the the power liftgate function.
seal between the body and the
hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine For more information about
exhaust contains carbon carbon monoxide, see Engine
monoxide (CO) which cannot be Exhaust 0 197.
seen or smelled. It can cause To open the liftgate from the
unconsciousness and even death. To lock or unlock the liftgate from outside, press K on the
If the vehicle must be driven with the inside, press Q or K on the RKE transmitter to unlock all doors,
then use the touch pad.
the liftgate or hatch/trunk open: central locking switch or on the
. Close all of the windows. driver door. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
. The vehicle must be in P (Park) for
Fully open the air outlets on
automatic transmissions. For When closing the liftgate, close from
or under the instrument
manual transmissions the parking the center to ensure that it fully
panel.
brake must be engaged. latches.
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Security Slow Flash : Alarm system is

armed.
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
This vehicle has theft-deterrent started, or the door is not unlocked
features; however, they do not make Arming the Alarm System
by pressing K on the RKE
the vehicle impossible to steal. 1. Close all doors, the trunk/ transmitter during the 10-second
liftgate, and the hood. pre-alarm, the alarm will be
Vehicle Alarm System 2. Lock the vehicle in one of activated.
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm two ways: If a door, the hood, or the liftgate is
system. . Use the RKE transmitter. opened without first unlocking with
the RKE transmitter, the turn signals
. With a door open, press the will flash and the horn will sound for
inside Q. about 30 seconds. The alarm
3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will then re-arm to monitor
system will arm, and the for the next unauthorized event.
indicator light will begin to Disarming the System
slowly flash indicating the
alarm system is operating. To disarm the system, either unlock
the doors using the RKE transmitter,
Pressing Q on the RKE
or start the vehicle with a
The indicator light on the instrument transmitter a second time will recognized transmitter in the
panel near the windshield indicates bypass the 30-second delay vehicle.
the status of the system. and immediately arm the alarm
system. To avoid setting off the alarm by
Off : Vehicle is disarmed. accident:
The vehicle alarm system will not
On Solid : Vehicle is secured arm if the doors are locked with . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
during the delay to arm the system. the key.
. Start the vehicle.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without
A door, the hood, or the trunk/ first unlocking with the RKE To avoid setting off the alarm by
liftgate is open. transmitter, the horn will chirp and accident:
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. Lock the vehicle after all The vehicle is automatically If the engine does not start and the
occupants have left the vehicle immobilized when the key is security light stays on, there is a
and all doors are closed. removed from the ignition. problem with the system. Turn the
. Always unlock a door with the The system is automatically ignition off and try again.
RKE transmitter. disarmed when the vehicle is If the engine still does not start, and
Unlocking the driver door with the started with the correct key. The key the key appears to be undamaged
key will not disarm the system or uses a transponder that matches an or the light continues to stay on, try
turn off the alarm. immobilizer control unit in the another ignition key. If the engine
vehicle and automatically disarms does not start with the other key, the
How to Detect a Tamper the system. Only an authorized key vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
Condition starts the vehicle. The vehicle may does start, the first key may be
not start if the key is damaged. damaged. See your dealer who can
If K is pressed on the transmitter service the theft-deterrent system
and the horn chirps and the lights and have a new key made.
flash three times, an alarm occurred
Do not leave the key or device that
previously while the alarm system
disarms or deactivates the
was armed.
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement The security light in the instrument
0 328. cluster comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
Immobilizer Operation the theft-deterrent system.
This vehicle has a passive When trying to start the vehicle, the
theft-deterrent system. security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{ Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Move the control up, down, or side For vehicles with power outside
to side to adjust the mirror. mirrors:
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is See Folding Mirrors 0 39. 1. Select the mirror by moving the
curved so more can be seen from selector switch to L for the
the driver seat. driver side or R for the
passenger side.
2. Use the control knob to move
the mirror in the desired
direction.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Folding Mirrors Interior Mirrors Windows

Manual Folding Mirrors
The vehicle has manual folding
Manual Rearview Mirror { Warning
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded Hold the inside rearview mirror in
Never leave a child, a helpless
inward to prevent damage when the center to move it for a clearer
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
going through an automatic car view behind your vehicle. Adjust the
especially with the windows
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward mirror to avoid glare from the
headlamps behind you. Push the closed in warm or hot weather.
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward They can be overcome by the
to return it to the original position. tab forward for daytime use and pull
it for nighttime use. extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
Heated Mirrors Vehicles with OnStar have three from heat stroke.
control buttons at the bottom of the
For vehicles with this feature:
mirror. See your dealer for more
1 (Rear Window Defogger) : information about OnStar and how
Press to heat the mirrors. See Rear to subscribe to it. See OnStar
Window and Outside Mirror Overview 0 332.
Defogger under Climate Control
Systems 0 176.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
The vehicle aerodynamics are The switches work when the vehicle
designed to improve fuel economy Warning (Continued) is in ON/RUN or ACC/
performance. This may result in a ACCESSORY, or when Retained
pulsing sound when either rear if caught in the path of a closing Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
window is down and the front window. Do not leave keys in a See Retained Accessory Power
windows are up. To reduce the vehicle with children. (RAP) 0 194.
sound, open either a front window When there are children in the
or the sunroof, if equipped. Express Window Operation
rear seat use the window lockout
button to prevent unintentional Windows with an express-down or
Manual Windows operation of the windows. express-up feature allow the window
to be lowered or raised without
If equipped, use the window crank holding the switch. The driver
to open and close each window. window has express-down and
The rear windows do not open fully. express-up. Pull a window switch up
or push it down all the way, release
Power Windows it, and the window goes up or down
automatically. Stop the window by
{ Warning pushing or pulling the switch in the
same direction a second time or
Leaving children in a vehicle with briefly operating the switch to the
the keys is dangerous for many first detent in either direction.
reasons. Children or others could Safety Function
be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate the power If any object is in the path of the
windows or other controls or even window when the express-up
If equipped, press the switch to feature is active, the window will
make the vehicle move. The open the window. Pull the front of stop and auto-reverse to a preset
windows will function and they the switch up to close it. position. Weather conditions may
could be seriously injured or killed cause the window to auto-reverse.
(Continued) The window switch may be held up
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
to the second position to close the 4. Continue holding the switch up Sun Visors
window. The window will return to for approximately two seconds
normal operation once the after the window is completely To block out glare, swing down the
obstruction or condition is removed. closed. sun visors. You can also remove
them from the center mount and
Safety Function Override The window is now reprogrammed. swing them to the side.
If the battery on the vehicle has Window Lockout Visor Vanity Mirror
been recharged or disconnected,
or is not working, the windows will Vanity mirrors are on the back of the
need to be reprogrammed for the sun visors. Swing down the sun
express-up feature to work. Before visor and open the cover.
reprogramming, replace or recharge
the vehicle's battery.
To program the driver window:
1. With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
or when RAP is active, close
all doors.
2. Press and hold the power
window switch until the window This feature prevents the rear
is fully open. passenger windows from operating,
3. Pull the power window switch except from the driver position.
up until the window is fully
closed. Press o to disable the rear window
switches.
Press o again to return to normal
window operation.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Roof Open/Close : To open the sunroof,

press and hold the rear of the
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
switch. To close the sunroof, press could cause an issue with sunroof
Sunroof and hold the front of the switch. operation or noise. It could also plug
Vent : Press and hold the front of the water drainage system.
the switch to vent the sunroof. Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
Express Open : Press and release debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
the rear of the switch to roof sealing area using a clean
express open. cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
Manually close the sunshade. remove grease from the sunroof.
The sunroof will not operate if the
vehicle has an electrical failure.
On vehicles with this feature, the

sunroof only operates when the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN or
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
active.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Seats and Restraints 43
Seats and Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 58

When Should an Airbag
Head Restraints
Restraints Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
What Makes an Airbag { Warning
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
How Does an Airbag With head restraints that are not
Head Restraints installed and adjusted properly,
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
What Will You See after an there is a greater chance that
Front Seats Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 occupants will suffer a neck/
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Passenger Sensing System . . . 62 spinal injury in a crash. Do not
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped drive until the head restraints for
Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 all occupants are installed and
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Adding Equipment to the adjusted properly.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 66
Rear Seats Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 67
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Replacing Airbag System Parts Front Seats
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 The front seats have adjustable
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 head restraints in the outboard
Child Restraints
How to Wear Safety Belts seating positions.
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Infants and Young Children . . . . 69
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 72
Safety Belt Use During Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 73
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 74
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 55 Replacing LATCH System Parts
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Replacing Safety Belt System Securing Child Restraints
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 55 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Airbag System Securing Child Restraints (Front
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
44 Seats and Restraints
Rear Seats
The vehicle's rear seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chances of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press The height of the head restraint can
the button, located on the top of the be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
seatback, and push the head up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint down. Try to move the restraint to make sure that it is
head restraint after the button is locked in place.
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removeable.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:
the button, located on the top of the 1. Pull up on the handle at the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the Seat Adjustment front of the seat.
head restraint after the button is 2. Slide the seat to the desired
Manual Seats position and release the
released to make sure that it is
locked in place. handle.
Rear outboard head restraints are
{ Warning 3. Try to move the seat back and
not removable. You can lose control of the forth to be sure it is locked in
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver place.
seat while the vehicle is moving. Seat Height Adjuster
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
If available, move the lever up or

down to manually raise or lower
the seat.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Reclining Seatbacks To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.
{ Warning
{ Warning If necessary, move the safety Sitting in a reclined position when
belt out of the way to access the vehicle is in motion can be
If either seatback is not locked, it dangerous. Even when buckled
the lever.
could move forward in a sudden up, the safety belts cannot do
stop or crash. That could cause 2. Move the seatback to the
their job.
injury to the person sitting there. desired position, and then
Always push and pull on the release the lever to lock the The shoulder belt will not be
seatbacks to be sure they are seatback in place. against your body. Instead, it will
locked. 3. Push and pull on the seatback be in front of you. In a crash, you
to make sure it is locked in could go into it, receiving neck or
place. other injuries.
To return the seatback to the upright The lap belt could go up over
position: your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
1. Lift the lever fully without
bones. This could cause serious
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will internal injuries.
return to the upright position. For proper protection when the
2. Push and pull on the seatback vehicle is in motion, have the
to make sure it is locked. seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
There is an armrest on the inboard

side of the driver seat. To raise or
lower the armrest, push up or pull
down on the armrest.
Heated Front Seats
{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
Do not have a seatback reclined if reduce the risk of burns, people If equipped, the controls are on the
the vehicle is moving. with such a condition should use climate control system. To operate,
care when using the seat heater, the engine must be running.
Front Seat Armrest especially for long periods of
Press M or L to heat the driver or
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against passenger seat. The indicator light
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, on the control turns on when this
feature is on. Press the control
cover, or similar item. This may
again to turn this feature off.
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat The passenger seat may take
heater may cause a burn or may longer to heat up.
damage the seat. Remote Start Auto Heated
Seats
If equipped, when it is cold outside
the heated seats can be turned on
automatically during a remote
vehicle start. The heated seats will
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
be canceled when the ignition is Rear Seats To fold the seatback down:
turned on. Press the heated seat
controls to use the heated seats Folding the Seatback
after the vehicle is started.
Either side of the seatback can be
The heated seat indicator lights do folded down for more cargo space.
not turn on during a remote start. Fold a seatback only when the
The temperature performance of an vehicle is not moving.
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal. Caution
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 29. Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their 1. Make sure the safety belt is in
normal stowed position before the retainer hook.
folding a rear seat.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Raising the Seatback To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push it
{ Warning rearward to lock it in place.
Make sure the safety belt is in
If either seatback is not locked, it the retainer hook and is not
could move forward in a sudden twisted or caught in the
stop or crash. That could cause seatback.
injury to the person sitting there.
A tab near the seatback lever
Always push and pull on the
retracts when the seatback is
seatbacks to be sure they are locked in place.
locked.
The center rear safety belt may
Sedan Shown, Hatchback Similar lock when you raise the
seatback. If this happens, let
2. Reach under the belt and pull
the lever on top of the seatback
{ Warning the belt go back all the way
and start again.
to unlock the seatback. A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached, 2. Push and pull the top of the
A tab near the seatback lever
seatback to be sure it is locked
raises when the seatback is or twisted will not provide the
into position.
unlocked. protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the
3. Fold the seatback down.
seriously injured. After raising the other seatback, if necessary.
Repeat Steps 13 for the other rear seatback, always check to be When the seat is not in use, it
seatback, if desired. sure that the safety belts are should be kept in the upright, locked
properly routed and attached, and position.
are not twisted.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Safety Belts Warning (Continued)

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
This section of the manual vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
describes how to use safety belts passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
properly. It also describes some the vehicle that is not equipped It could be the windshield, the
things not to do with safety belts. with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts!
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you
{ Warning check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together.
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because
Do not let anyone ride where a you stop over a longer distance and,
safety belt cannot be worn when worn properly, your strongest
properly. In a crash, if you or your This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the
passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much See Safety Belt Reminders 0 98.
safety belts makes such good
worse than if you are wearing Why Safety Belts Work sense.
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things Questions and Answers About
inside the vehicle harder or by Safety Belts
being ejected from the vehicle. In Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
addition, anyone who is not after a crash if I am wearing a
buckled up can strike other safety belt?
passengers in the vehicle. A: You could be whether you are
It is extremely dangerous to ride wearing a safety belt or not.
in a cargo area, inside or outside Your chance of being conscious
of a vehicle. In a collision, during and after a crash, so you
passengers riding in these areas can unbuckle and get out, is
are more likely to be seriously much greater if you are belted.
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be
should I have to wear safety to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
belts? unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt
A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are would apply force on your
systems only; so they work with wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause
safety belts not instead of There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries.
them. Whether or not an airbag about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the
is provided, all occupants still shoulder and across the chest.
have to buckle up to get the These parts of the body are best
most protection. able to take belt restraining
Also, in nearly all states and in forces. The shoulder belt locks if
all Canadian provinces, the law there is a sudden stop or crash.
requires wearing safety belts.
{ Warning
How to Wear Safety Belts
You can be seriously injured,
Properly or even killed, by not wearing
This section is only for people of your safety belt properly.
adult size. . Never allow the lap or
There are special things to know shoulder belt to become
about safety belts and children. And . Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
children and infants. If a child will be belt under both arms or
riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
Children 0 68 or Infants and Young for your seating position.
Children 0 69. Follow those rules for . Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
everyone's protection.
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock plate before it reaches the
if you pull the belt across you buckle, tilt the latch plate to flat
All seating positions in the vehicle very quickly. If this happens, let to unlock.
have a lap-shoulder belt. the belt go back slightly to
The following instructions explain unlock it. Then pull the belt
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt across you more slowly.
properly. If the shoulder portion of a
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out all
adjustable, so you can sit up the way, the child restraint
straight. To see how, see locking feature may be
Seats in the Index. engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
3. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks.
If the latch plate will not go fully
into the buckle, check if the
correct buckle is being used.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull Safety Belt Extender 0 55.
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted. For the driver and front Position the release button on
outboard passenger belts, the buckle so that the safety
if the webbing locks in the latch belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Before a door is closed, be sure the

height adjuster, move it to the belt is out of the way. If a door is
height that is right for you. See slammed against a safety belt,
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster damage can occur to both the
in this section for instructions safety belt and the vehicle.
on use and important safety
information. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
right front passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
To unlatch the belt, push the button portion of the belt is on the shoulder
on the buckle. The belt should and not falling off of it. The belt
return to its stowed position. should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
shoulder belt height adjustment
If the safety belt webbing returns
could reduce the effectiveness of
quickly to the stowed position, the
the safety belt in a crash. See How
retractor may lock and cannot be
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 51.
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
5. To make the lap part tight, pull safety belt straight out firmly to
up on the shoulder belt. unlock the webbing, and then
It may be necessary to pull release it. If the webbing is still
stitching on the safety belt locked in the retractor, see your
through the latch plate to fully dealer.
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
belts during the early stages of a Comfort guides are available

moderate to severe frontal, near through your dealer for the rear
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold outboard seating positions.
conditions for pretensioner Instructions are included with the
activation are met. Safety belt guide.
pretensioners can also help tighten
the safety belts in a side crash or a Safety Belt Use During
rollover event.
Pregnancy
Pretensioners work only once. If the
Safety belts work for everyone,
pretensioners activate in a crash,
including pregnant women. Like all
the pretensioners and probably
occupants, they are more likely to
other new parts of the vehicle's
be seriously injured if they do not
The adjuster can be moved up by safety belt system will need to be
wear safety belts.
pushing the slide/trim up. To move replaced. See Replacing Safety Belt
the adjuster down, press the release System Parts after a Crash 0 55.
button and move it down.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
After the adjuster is set to the Guides
desired position, try to move it down
without pressing the release button Rear safety belt comfort guides may
to make sure it has locked into provide added safety belt comfort
position. for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
Safety Belt Pretensioners some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
This vehicle has safety belt
positions the belt away from the
pretensioners for front outboard
neck and head.
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
A pregnant woman should wear a belt. For more information, see the
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap instruction sheet that comes with { Warning
portion should be worn as low as the extender.
possible, below the rounding, Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
throughout the pregnancy. Safety System Check a crash, they might not be able to
The best way to protect the fetus is Now and then, check that the safety provide adequate protection.
to protect the mother. When a safety belt reminder light, safety belts, Clean safety belts only with mild
belt is worn properly, it is more likely buckles, latch plates, retractors, and soap and lukewarm water.
that the fetus will not be hurt in a anchorages are all working properly.
crash. For pregnant women, as for Look for any other loose or
anyone, the key to making safety damaged safety belt system parts Replacing Safety Belt
belts effective is wearing them that might keep a safety belt system
properly.
System Parts after a
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Crash
Safety Belt Extender safety belts may not protect you in a
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten crash. They can rip apart under { Warning
around you, you should use it. impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away. A crash can damage the safety
But if a safety belt is not long belt system in the vehicle.
enough, your dealer will order you Make sure the safety belt reminder A damaged safety belt system
an extender. When you go in to light is working. See Safety Belt
may not properly protect the
order it, take the heaviest coat you Reminders 0 98.
person using it, resulting in
will wear, so the extender will be Keep safety belts clean and dry. serious injury or even death in a
long enough for you. To help avoid See Safety Belt Care 0 55. crash. To help make sure the
personal injury, do not let someone safety belt systems are working
else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care properly after a crash, have them
seat it is made to fit. The extender inspected and any necessary
has been designed for adults. Never Keep belts clean and dry.
replacements made as soon as
use it for securing child seats. To
possible.
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word
safety belts may not be necessary. AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following near the deployment opening.
were used during any crash may airbags:
For frontal airbags, the word
have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. AIRBAG is on the center of the
See your dealer to have the safety steering wheel for the driver and on
belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger. the instrument panel for the front
replaced. outboard passenger.
New parts and repairs may be . A knee airbag for the driver.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
necessary even if the safety belt . A knee airbag for the front is on the lower part of the
system was not being used at the outboard passenger. instrument panel.
time of the crash.
. A seat-mounted side impact For seat-mounted side impact
Have the safety belt pretensioners, airbag for the driver. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
if equipped, checked if the vehicle side of the seatback closest to
. A seat-mounted side impact
has been in a crash, or if the airbag the door.
readiness light stays on after you airbag for the front outboard
start the vehicle or while you are passenger. For roof-rail airbags, the word
driving. See Airbag Readiness Light . Seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
0 99. airbags for the second row Airbags are designed to supplement
outboard passengers. the protection provided by safety
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags
and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce
directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A roof-rail airbag for the front very quickly to do their job.
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly Here are the most important things
behind the front outboard to know about the airbag system:
passenger.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
{ Warning { Warning { Warning

You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
wearing your safety belt, even an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
with airbags. Airbags are against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children
designed to work with safety airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. To read
belts, not replace them. Also, seriously injured or killed. Do not how, see Older Children 0 68 or
airbags are not designed to inflate sit unnecessarily close to any Infants and Young Children 0 69.
in every crash. In some crashes airbag, as you would be if sitting
safety belts are the only restraint. on the edge of the seat or leaning
See When Should an Airbag forward. Safety belts help keep
Inflate? 0 59. you in position before and during
Wearing your safety belt during a a crash. Always wear a safety
crash helps reduce the chance of belt, even with airbags. The driver
hitting things inside the vehicle or should sit as far back as possible
being ejected from it. Airbags are while still maintaining control of
supplemental restraints to the the vehicle. The safety belts and There is an airbag readiness light
the front outboard passenger on the instrument panel cluster,
safety belts. Everyone in the
airbags are most effective when which shows the airbag symbol. The
vehicle should wear a safety belt
you are sitting well back and system checks the airbag electrical
properly, whether or not there is system for malfunctions. The light
an airbag for that person. upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor. tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Occupants should not lean on or Light 0 99 for more information.
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger
steering column. The front outboard Side Similar
passenger knee airbag is below the
The driver frontal airbag is in the glove box. The seat-mounted side impact
center of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and front
outboard passenger are in the side
The front outboard passenger
of the seatbacks closest to the door.
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel. The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
predict how severe a crash is likely

Warning (Continued) to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
clear. Do not put anything occupants. The vehicle has
between an occupant and an electronic sensors that help the
airbag, and do not attach or put airbag system determine the
anything on the steering wheel severity of the impact. Deployment
hub or on or near any other thresholds can vary with specific
airbag covering. vehicle design.
Do not use seat accessories that Frontal airbags are designed to
block the inflation path of a inflate in moderate to severe frontal
seat-mounted side impact airbag. or near frontal crashes to help
Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, reduce the potential for severe
Never secure anything to the roof
Passenger Side Similar injuries, mainly to the driver's or
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
front outboard passenger's head
On vehicles with second row by routing a rope or tiedown and chest.
seat-mounted side impact airbags, through any door or window
they are in the sides of the rear opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or
seatback closest to the door. inflating roof-rail airbag will be should inflate is not based primarily
blocked. on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
{ Warning It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
If something is between an When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down.
occupant and an airbag, the Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at
airbag might not inflate properly different crash speeds depending on
or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with
whether the vehicle hits an object
that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 0 56.
straight on or at an angle, and
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
or even death. The path of an whether the object is fixed or
impact exceeds the specific airbag
inflating airbag must be kept moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
system's deployment threshold.
(Continued) or wide.
Deployment thresholds are used to
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Frontal airbags are not intended to roof-rail airbags are designed to How Does an Airbag
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear inflate during a rollover or in a
impacts, or many side impacts. severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
Restrain?
In addition, the vehicle has airbags are not designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or
advanced technology frontal rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags near frontal collisions, even belted
airbags. Advanced technology will inflate when either side of the occupants can contact the steering
frontal airbags adjust the restraint vehicle is struck, if the sensing wheel or the instrument panel. In
according to crash severity. system predicts that the vehicle is moderate to severe side collisions,
about to roll over on its side, or in a even belted occupants can contact
Knee airbags are designed to inflate severe frontal impact. the inside of the vehicle.
in moderate to severe frontal or
near-frontal impacts. Knee airbags In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection
are not designed to inflate during say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by
vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact
or in many side crashes. vehicle damage or the repair costs. more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags What Makes an Airbag
are designed to inflate in moderate Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
to severe side crashes depending Inflate? are designed to help contain the
on the location of the impact. head and chest of occupants in the
In a deployment event, the sensing
Seat-mounted side impact airbags outboard seating positions in the
system sends an electrical signal
are not designed to inflate in frontal first and second rows. The rollover
triggering a release of gas from the
impacts, near frontal impacts, capable roof-rail airbags are
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
rollovers, or rear impacts. designed to help reduce the risk of
airbag causing the bag to break out
A seat-mounted side impact airbag full or partial ejection in rollover
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
is designed to inflate on the side of events, although no system can
and related hardware are all part of
the vehicle that is struck. prevent all such ejections.
the airbag module.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to For airbag locations, see Where Are
inflate in moderate to severe side the Airbags? 0 58.
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
But airbags would not help in many prevent the driver from seeing out of The feature may also activate,
types of collisions, primarily the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an
because the occupant's motion is the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined
not toward those airbags. See When people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. You can lock the doors,
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 59. and turn off the interior lamps, and
Airbags should never be regarded { Warning turn off the hazard warning flashers
by using the controls for those
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts. When an airbag inflates, there features.
may be dust in the air. This dust
What Will You See after could cause breathing problems { Warning
for people with a history of
an Airbag Inflates? asthma or other breathing trouble. A crash severe enough to inflate
After the frontal airbags and To avoid this, everyone in the the airbags may have also
seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle should get out as soon as damaged important functions in
inflate, they quickly deflate, so it is safe to do so. If you have the vehicle, such as the fuel
quickly that some people may not breathing problems but cannot system, brake and steering
even realize an airbag inflated. get out of the vehicle after an systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least airbag inflates, then get fresh air appears to be drivable after a
partially inflated for some time after by opening a window or a door. moderate crash, there may be
they inflate. Some components of If you experience breathing concealed damage that could
the airbag module may be hot for problems following an airbag make it difficult to safely operate
several minutes. For location of the deployment, you should seek the vehicle.
airbags, see Where Are the
medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt
Airbags? 0 58.
to restart the engine after a crash
The parts of the airbag that come has occurred.
The vehicle has a feature that may
into contact with you may be warm,
automatically unlock the doors, turn
but not too hot to touch. There may
on the interior lamps and hazard In many crashes severe enough to
be some smoke and dust coming
warning flashers, and shut off the inflate the airbag, windshields are
from the vents in the deflated
fuel system after the airbags inflate. broken by vehicle deformation.
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
also occur from the front outboard be visible. See Passenger Airbag
passenger airbag.
System Status Indicator 0 99.
. Airbags are designed to inflate The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system
only once. After an airbag sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard
inflates, you will need some new outboard passenger position. The passenger frontal airbag and knee
parts for the airbag system. passenger airbag status indicator airbag under certain conditions. No
If you do not get them, the will light on the instrument panel other airbag is affected by the
airbag system will not be there when the vehicle is started. passenger sensing system.
to help protect you in another The passenger sensing system
crash. A new system will include works with sensors that are part of
airbag modules and possibly the front outboard passenger seat.
other parts. The service manual The sensors are designed to detect
for the vehicle covers the need the presence of a properly seated
to replace other parts. occupant and determine if the front
. The vehicle has a crash sensing United States outboard passenger frontal airbag
and diagnostic module which and knee airbag should be allowed
records information after a to inflate or not.
crash. See Vehicle Data According to accident statistics,
Recording and Privacy 0 330 children are safer when properly
and Event Data Recorders secured in a rear seat in the correct
0 330. child restraint for their weight
. Let only qualified technicians and size.
Canada
work on the airbag systems. Whenever possible, children age
Improper service can mean that The words ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, will be 12 and under should be secured in
an airbag system will not work a rear seating position.
properly. See your dealer for visible during the system check.
service. When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Never put a rear-facing child seat in . The system determines that a

the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued) small child is present in a
the rear-facing child is so great, booster seat.
if the airbag inflates. inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the . A front outboard passenger
airbag(s) are off. takes his/her weight off of the
{ Warning seat for a period of time.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
A child in a rear-facing child . The front outboard passenger
in a rear seat, even if the
restraint can be seriously injured airbag(s) are off. If you secure a seat is occupied by a smaller
or killed if the front outboard person, such as a child who has
forward-facing child restraint in
passenger frontal airbag inflates. outgrown child restraints.
the front outboard passenger
This is because the back of the seat, always move the seat as far . There is a critical problem with
rear-facing child restraint would back as it will go. It is better to the airbag system or the
be very close to the inflating secure the child restraint in a passenger sensing system.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing rear seat. When the passenger sensing
child restraint can be seriously system has turned off the front
injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag
The passenger sensing system is
outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag, the off indicator
designed to turn off the front
inflates and the passenger seat is outboard passenger frontal airbag will light and stay lit as a reminder
in a forward position. and knee airbag if: that the airbags are off. See
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
Even if the passenger sensing . The front outboard passenger 0 99.
system has turned off the front seat is unoccupied.
outboard passenger airbag(s), no The passenger sensing system is
. The system determines that an designed to turn on the front
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not infant is present in a rear-facing outboard passenger frontal airbag
infant seat. and knee airbag anytime the system
(Continued) senses that a person of adult size is
. The system determines that a
small child is present in a child sitting properly in the front outboard
restraint. passenger seat. When the
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
passenger sensing system has 5. If, after reinstalling the child

allowed the airbags to be enabled, Warning (Continued) restraint and restarting the
the on indicator will light and stay lit vehicle, the on indicator is still
as a reminder that the airbags are Light 0 99 for more information, lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
active. including important safety slightly recline the vehicle
information. seatback and adjust the seat
For some children who have
outgrown child restraints, and for cushion, if adjustable, to make
very small adults, the passenger If the On Indicator Is Lit for a sure that the vehicle seatback
sensing system may or may not turn Child Restraint is not pushing the child
off the front outboard passenger restraint into the seat cushion.
If a child restraint has been installed Also make sure the child
frontal airbag and knee airbag, and the on indicator is lit:
depending upon the person's restraint is not trapped under
seating posture and body build. 1. Turn the vehicle off. the vehicle head restraint.
Everyone in the vehicle who has If this happens, adjust the head
2. Remove the child restraint from restraint. See Head Restraints
outgrown child restraints should the vehicle.
wear a safety belt properly 0 43.
whether or not there is an airbag for 3. Remove any additional items 6. Restart the vehicle.
that person. from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat If the on indicator is still lit, secure
heaters, or seat massagers. the child in the child restraint in a
{ Warning 4. Reinstall the child restraint
rear seat position in the vehicle, and
check with your dealer.
If the airbag readiness light ever following the directions
comes on and stays on, it means provided by the child restraint
that something may be wrong manufacturer and refer to
with the airbag system. To help Securing Child Restraints
avoid injury to yourself or others, (Rear Seat) 0 80 or Securing
have the vehicle serviced right Child Restraints (Front
away. See Airbag Readiness Passenger Seat) 0 82.
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material

Adult-Size Occupant from the seat, such as Warning (Continued)
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat ride in the front outboard
massagers. passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
Additional Factors Affecting
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
System Operation
cushion, with legs comfortably Safety belts help keep the
extended. passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
5. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
position for two to
passenger airbag status. See
three minutes after the on
If a person of adult size is sitting in Safety Belts and Child Restraints
indicator is lit.
the front outboard passenger seat, in the Index for additional
but the off indicator is lit, it could be information about the importance of
because that person is not sitting { Warning proper restraint use.
properly in the seat. Use the A thick layer of additional material,
following steps to allow the system If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an such as a blanket or cushion,
to detect that person and enable the or aftermarket equipment such as
front outboard passenger frontal adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
airbag and knee airbag: massagers can affect how well the
protect that person in a crash,
1. Turn the vehicle off. resulting in an increased risk of passenger sensing system
serious injury or even death. An operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
adult-sized occupant should not
aftermarket equipment except when
(Continued) approved by GM for your specific
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to dealer and the service manual have from working properly. The
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 66 information about servicing the operation of the airbag system can
for more information about vehicle and the airbag system. To also be affected by changing any
modifications that can affect how purchase a service manual, see parts of the front seats, safety belts,
the system operates. Service Publications Ordering the airbag sensing and diagnostic
The on indicator may be lit if an Information 0 327. module, steering wheel, instrument
object, such as a briefcase, panel, any of the airbag modules,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop, { Warning ceiling or pillar garnish trim, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not For up to 10 seconds after the or airbag wiring.
desired, remove the object from vehicle is turned off and the Your dealer and the service manual
the seat. battery is disconnected, an airbag have information about the location
can still inflate during improper of the airbag sensors, sensing and
{ Warning service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
Stowing of articles under the inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger seat or between the They are probably part of the passenger sensing system for the
passenger seat cushion and airbag system. Be sure to follow front outboard passenger position,
seatback may interfere with the proper service procedures, and which includes sensors that are part
proper operation of the passenger make sure the person performing of the passenger seat. The
sensing system. work for you is qualified to do so. passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
Servicing the Adding Equipment to the covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle GM covers, upholstery, or trim
Adding accessories that change the designed for a different vehicle. Any
Airbags affect how the vehicle
vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as an aftermarket seat
should be serviced. There are parts
height, front end, or side sheet heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
of the airbag system in several
metal may keep the airbag system or device, installed under or on top
places around the vehicle. Your
of the seat fabric, could also
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
interfere with the operation of the Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash
deployment of the passenger regularly scheduled maintenance or
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
{ Warning
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s). Airbag Readiness Light 0 99. A crash can damage the airbag
See Passenger Sensing System systems in the vehicle.
0 62. Caution A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
The vehicle has rollover roof-rail If an airbag covering is damaged, protect you and your
airbags. See Different Size Tires
opened, or broken, the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
and Wheels 0 270 for additional
may not work properly. Do not in serious injury or even death. To
important information.
open or break the airbag help make sure the airbag
If you have to modify your vehicle coverings. If there are any systems are working properly
because you have a disability and opened or broken airbag after a crash, have them
you have questions about whether coverings, have the airbag inspected and any necessary
the modifications will affect the covering and/or airbag module replacements made as soon as
vehicle's airbag system, or if you replaced. For the location of the possible.
have questions about whether the airbags, see Where Are the
airbag system will be affected if the
Airbags? 0 58. See your dealer
vehicle is modified for any other If an airbag inflates, you will need to
for service. replace airbag system parts. See
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices your dealer for service.
0 320. If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 99.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. Q: What is the proper way to
Child Restraints Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat wear safety belts?
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children return to the booster seat.
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder
Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder
the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or
If no, try using the rear safety neck. The lap belt should fit
belt comfort guide, if available. snugly below the hips, just
See Rear Safety Belt Comfort touching the top of the thighs.
Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt This applies belt force to the
0 52. If a comfort guide is not child's pelvic bones in a crash.
available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the
still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause
shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal
booster seat. injuries in a crash.
. Does the lap belt fit low and Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Older children who have outgrown
snug on the hips, touching the Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt
booster seats should wear the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, 0 52.
vehicle safety belts.
return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics,
The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be children are safer when properly
come with the booster seat state the
maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position.
weight and height limitations for that
trip? If yes, continue. If no, In a crash, children who are not
booster. Use a booster seat with a
return to the booster seat. buckled up can strike other people
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below: who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
{ Warning { Warning
Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the
to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt
safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be
the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing
can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
seriously injured. A safety belt crash, the child would not be
must be used by only one person restrained by the shoulder belt.
at a time. The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap Infants and Young
belt. The belt force would then be Children
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
injuries. The shoulder belt should
all other children. Neither the
go over the shoulder and across
distance traveled nor the age and
the chest. size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Every time infants and young

{ Warning children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
Children can be seriously injured appropriate child restraints. Neither
or strangled if a shoulder belt is the vehicle's safety belt system nor
wrapped around their neck. The its airbag system is designed
shoulder belt can tighten but for them.
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
pulled all the way out of the
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor, { Warning
but it cannot do this if it is Never hold an infant or a child { Warning
wrapped around a childs neck. while riding in a vehicle. Due to
If the shoulder belt is locked and Children who are up against,
crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when
tightened around a childs neck, will become so heavy it is not
the only way to loosen the belt is it inflates can be seriously injured
possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing
to cut it. For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the front
Never leave children unattended 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) outboard seat. Secure a
in a vehicle and never allow infant will suddenly become a rear-facing child restraint in a rear
children to play with the safety 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's seat. It is also better to secure a
belts. arms. An infant should be forward-facing child restraint in a
secured in an appropriate rear seat. If you must secure a
restraint. forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
restraint will have a label saying

that it meets federal motor { Warning
vehicle safety standards.
A young child's hip bones are still
The restraint manufacturer so small that the vehicle's regular
instructions that come with the safety belt may not remain low on
restraint state the weight and
the hip bones, as it should.
height limitations for a particular
Instead, it may settle up around
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints the child's abdomen. In a crash,
available for children with the belt would apply force on a
special needs. body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
{ Warning injuries. To reduce the risk of
To reduce the risk of neck and serious or fatal injuries during a
A: Add-on child restraints, which
head injury in a crash, infants and crash, young children should
are purchased by the vehicle
toddlers should be secured in a always be secured in appropriate
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular rear-facing child restraint until age child restraints.
restraint should take into two, or until they reach the
consideration not only the child's maximum height and weight limits
weight, height, and age but also of their child restraint.
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child
against the back of the infant. to see out the window.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to Securing an Add-On Child
keep the infant positioned in the Restraint in the Vehicle
restraint.
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
important, so if they are not Securing the Child Within the

Warning (Continued) available, obtain a replacement Child Restraint
copy from the manufacturer.
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or Keep in mind that an unsecured { Warning
LATCH system, following the child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure A child can be seriously injured or
instructions that came with that
people in the vehicle. Be sure to killed in a crash if the child is not
child restraint and the instructions
properly secure any child restraint in properly secured in the child
in this manual.
the vehicle even when no child is restraint. Secure the child
in it. properly following the instructions
To help reduce the chance of injury, that came with that child restraint.
In some areas of the United States
the child restraint must be secured
and Canada, Certified Child
in the vehicle. Child restraint
Passenger Safety Technicians Where to Put the
systems must be secured in vehicle
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
seats by lap belts or the lap belt Restraint
and demonstrate how to correctly
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
use and install child restraints. In According to accident statistics,
the LATCH system. See Lower
the U.S., refer to the National children and infants are safer when
Anchors and Tethers for Children
Highway Traffic Safety properly restrained in a child
(LATCH System) 0 74. Children can
Administration (NHTSA) website to restraint system or infant restraint
be endangered in a crash if the child
locate the nearest child safety seat system secured in a rear seating
restraint is not properly secured in
inspection station. For CPST position.
the vehicle.
availability in Canada, check with
When securing an add-on child Transport Canada or the Provincial Whenever possible, children aged
restraint, refer to the instructions Ministry of Transportation office. 12 and under should be secured in
that come with the restraint which a rear seating position.
may be on the restraint itself or in a Never put a rear-facing child seat in
booklet, or both, and to this manual. the front. This is because the risk to
The child restraint instructions are the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
child restraint prevents access to or

{ Warning Warning (Continued) interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back Wherever a child restraint is
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure installed, be sure to secure the child
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. restraint properly.
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System Keep in mind that an unsecured
restraint would be very close to 0 62 for additional information. child restraint can move around in a
the inflating airbag. A child in a collision or sudden stop and injure
forward-facing child restraint can people in the vehicle. Be sure to
be seriously injured or killed if the When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in
front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the the vehicle even when no child is
and the passenger seat is in a instructions that came with the child in it.
forward position. restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
passenger frontal airbag, no
may fit in certain seating positions
system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. The LATCH system secures a child
guarantee that an airbag will not restraint during driving or in a crash.
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the
LATCH attachments on the child
circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the
restraint are used to attach the child
turned off. child restraint, you may not be able
restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent safety belt
Secure rear-facing child restraints vehicle. The LATCH system is
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
in a rear seat, even if the airbag designed to make installation of a
additional passengers or child
is off. If you secure a child restraint easier.
restraints. Adjacent seating
forward-facing child restraint in positions should not be used if the In order to use the LATCH system in
(Continued) your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must Lower Anchors

rear-facing and forward-facing child never be installed using only the top
seats can be properly installed tether and anchor.
using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
the vehicles safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
child seat. anchorage system once the
Booster seats use the vehicles combined weight is more than
safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
the booster seat. If the manufacturer The following explains how to attach
recommends that the booster seat a child restraint with these
be secured with the LATCH system, attachments in the vehicle.
this can be done as long as the Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or built into the vehicle. There are two
properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors lower anchors for each LATCH
with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether seating position that will
lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. In this accommodate a child restraint with
case, the safety belt must be used lower attachments (2).
Make sure to follow the instructions (with top tether where available) to
that came with the child restraint, secure the child restraint. See
and also the instructions in this Securing Child Restraints (Rear
manual. Seat) 0 80 or Securing Child
When installing a child restraint with Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)
a top tether, you must also use 0 82.
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a H (Lower Anchor) : Seating
top tether are designed for use with positions with two lower anchors.
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint. To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
Lower Anchor and Top Tether lower anchors has two labels, near
Anchor Locations the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of To assist in locating the top tether
the child restraint during driving or in anchors, the top tether anchor
a crash. symbol is on the cover for sedan
The child restraint may have a models or near the anchors on
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). hatchback models.
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating
tether to the anchor. positions with top tether anchors.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
the instructions that come with the

child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 73 for additional
information.
Sedan Hatchback Securing a Child Restraint

Designed for the LATCH
For sedan models, the top tether For hatchback models, the top
System
anchors are under the covers tether anchors are on the back of
behind the rear seat on the filler the rear seatbacks. Remove the
panel. Pull open the cover to access cargo cover before installing the top { Warning
the top tether anchors. Be sure to tether. The cargo cover should
use an anchor on the same side of remain off while the top tether is in If a LATCH-type child restraint is
the vehicle as the seating position use. Be sure to use an anchor on not attached to anchors or with
where the child restraint will be the same side of the vehicle as the the safety belt, the child restraint
placed. seating position where the child will not be able to protect the child
restraint will be placed. correctly. In a crash, the child
could be seriously injured or
Do not secure a child restraint in a
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
position without a top tether anchor
restraint properly using the
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if anchors, or use the vehicle safety
belts to secure the restraint,
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Warning (Continued) { Warning Caution

following the instructions that Children can be seriously injured Do not let the LATCH
came with the child restraint and or strangled if a shoulder belt is attachments rub against the
the instructions in this manual. wrapped around their neck. The vehicles safety belts. This may
shoulder belt can tighten but damage these parts. If necessary,
cannot be loosened if it is locked. move buckled safety belts to
The shoulder belt locks when it is avoid rubbing the LATCH
{ Warning pulled all the way out of the attachments.
To reduce the risk of serious or retractor. It unlocks when the Do not fold the empty rear seat
fatal injuries during a crash, do shoulder belt is allowed to go all with a safety belt buckled. This
not attach more than one child the way back into the retractor, could damage the safety belt or
restraint to a single anchor. but it cannot do this if it is the seat. Unbuckle and return the
Attaching more than one child wrapped around a childs neck. safety belt to its stowed position,
restraint to a single anchor could If the shoulder belt is locked and before folding the seat.
cause the anchor or attachment tightened around a childs neck,
to come loose or even break the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it. If you need to secure more than one
during a crash. A child or others child restraint in the rear seat, see
could be injured. Buckle any unused safety belts Where to Put the Restraint 0 73.
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull This system is designed to make
the shoulder belt all the way out the installation of child restraints
easier. When using lower anchors,
of the retractor to set the lock,
do not use the vehicle's safety belts.
and tighten the belt behind the
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
child restraint after the child and child restraint attachments to
restraint has been installed. secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
1. Attach and tighten the lower 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. and you are using a single
attachments to the lower 2.2. Open the cover, tether, route the tether
anchors. If the child restraint if equipped, to access the over the seatback.
does not have lower top tether anchors.
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have 2.3. For hatchback models,
lower anchors, secure the child remove the cargo cover
restraint with the top tether and before installing the top
the safety belts. Refer to your tether. The cargo cover
child restraint manufacturer should remain off while
instructions and the the top tether is in use.
instructions in this manual. 2.4. Route and tighten the top
1.1. Find the lower anchors for tether according to your
the desired seating child restraint instructions If the position you are
position. and the following using does not have a
instructions: headrest or head restraint
1.2. Put the child restraint on and you are using a dual
the seat. tether, route the tether
1.3. Attach and tighten the over the seatback.
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor, If the position you are
if equipped. Refer to the child using does not have a
restraint instructions and the headrest or head restraint
following steps:
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
If the position you are headrest or head restraint

using has an adjustable and around the headrest Warning (Continued)
headrest or head restraint or head restraint posts.
and you are using a single see your dealer to have the
3. Before placing a child in the system inspected and any
tether, raise the headrest child restraint, make sure it is
or head restraint and route necessary replacements made as
securely held in place. To soon as possible.
the tether under the check, grasp the child restraint
headrest or head restraint at the LATCH path and attempt
and in between the to move it side to side and If the vehicle has the LATCH system
headrest or head restraint back and forth. There should and it was being used during a
posts. be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of crash, new LATCH system parts
movement for proper may be needed.
installation. New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
Replacing LATCH System system was not being used at the
Parts After a Crash time of the crash.
{ Warning Securing Child Restraints

(Rear Seat)
A crash can damage the LATCH
When securing a child restraint in a
If the position you are system in the vehicle. A damaged
rear seating position, study the
using has an adjustable LATCH system may not properly
instructions that came with the child
headrest or head restraint secure the child restraint, restraint to make sure it is
and you are using a dual resulting in serious injury or even compatible with this vehicle.
tether, raise the headrest death in a crash. To help make
or head restraint and route sure the LATCH system is If the child restraint has the LATCH
the tether under the working properly after a crash, system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
(Continued) System) 0 74 for how and where to
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
install the child restraint using If more than one child restraint Position the release button on
LATCH. If a child restraint is secured needs to be installed in the rear the buckle so that the safety
in the vehicle using a safety belt seat, be sure to read Where to Put belt could be quickly unbuckled
and it uses a top tether, see Lower the Restraint 0 73. if necessary.
Anchors and Tethers for Children 1. Put the child restraint on
(LATCH System) 0 74 for top tether the seat.
anchor locations.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Do not secure a child seat in a the lap and shoulder portions
position without a top tether anchor of the vehicle safety belt
if a national or local law requires through or around the restraint.
that the top tether be anchored, or if The child restraint instructions
the instructions that come with the will show you how.
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
If the child restraint or vehicle seat the lock. When the retractor
position does not have the LATCH lock is set, the belt can be
system, you will be using the safety tightened but not pulled out of
belt to secure the child restraint in the retractor.
this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the
child restraint when and as the 3. Push the latch plate into the
instructions say. buckle until it clicks.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
(Front Passenger Seat)
regarding the use of the top This vehicle has airbags. A rear
tether. See Lower Anchors and seat is a safer place to secure a
Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraint. See
System) 0 74 for more Where to Put the Restraint 0 73.
information.
In addition, the vehicle has a
7. Before placing a child in the passenger sensing system which is
child restraint, make sure it is designed to turn off the front
securely held in place. To outboard passenger frontal airbag
check, grasp the child restraint and knee airbag under certain
5. To tighten the belt, push down at the safety belt path and conditions. See Passenger Sensing
on the child restraint, pull the attempt to move it side to side System 0 62 and Passenger Airbag
shoulder portion of the belt to and back and forth. When the Status Indicator 0 99 for more
tighten the lap portion of the child restraint is properly information on this, including
belt, and feed the shoulder belt installed, there should be no important safety information.
back into the retractor. When more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
installing a forward-facing child movement.
the front. This is because the risk to
restraint, it may be helpful to To remove the child restraint, the rear-facing child is so great,
use your knee to push down on unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and if the airbag deploys.
the child restraint as you let it return to the stowed position.
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
{ Warning
retractor to make sure the A child in a rear-facing child
retractor is locked. If the restraint can be seriously injured
retractor is not locked, repeat or killed if the front outboard
Steps 4 and 5. passenger frontal airbag inflates.
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
This is because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to came with the child restraint and the
rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a following instructions:
be very close to the inflating rear seat.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 1. Move the seat as far back as it
See Passenger Sensing System will go before securing the
child restraint can be seriously 0 62 for additional information.
injured or killed if the front forward-facing child restraint.
outboard passenger frontal airbag When the passenger sensing
inflates and the passenger seat is If the child restraint uses a top system has turned off the front
in a forward position. tether, see Lower Anchors and outboard passenger frontal
Tethers for Children (LATCH airbag and knee airbag, the off
Even if the passenger sensing System) 0 74 for top tether anchor indicator on the passenger
system has turned off the front locations. airbag status indicator should
outboard passenger airbag(s), no light and stay lit when you start
Do not secure a child seat in a
system is fail-safe. No one can the vehicle. See Passenger
position without a top tether anchor
guarantee that an airbag will not Airbag Status Indicator 0 99.
if a national or local law requires
inflate under some unusual that the top tether be anchored, or if 2. Put the child restraint on
circumstance, even though the the instructions that come with the the seat.
airbag(s) are off. child restraint say that the top strap
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Secure rear-facing child restraints must be anchored.
the lap and shoulder portions
in a rear seat, even if the In Canada, the law requires that of the vehicle's safety belt
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraints have through or around the restraint.
forward-facing child restraint in a top tether, and that the tether be The child restraint instructions
the front outboard passenger attached. will show you how.
seat, always move the seat as far
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
4. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
belt if needed. on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
the lock. When the retractor
tighten the belt.
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of Try to pull the belt out of the
the retractor. retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the off symbol is not lit, see If
the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint under Passenger Sensing
System 0 62.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle's safety belt
and let it go back all the way.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
86 Storage
Storage Storage Instrument Panel Storage

Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 86 { Warning
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 86
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
Luggage/Load Locations In a crash, these objects may
Load Compartment cause the cover to open and
(Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover (Hatchback) . . . . . . 87
Lift up on the lever to open.

If equipped, the storage area has an
auxiliary input jack and USB port
inside. See USB Port 0 142 and
Auxiliary Devices 0 144.
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Storage 87
Luggage/Load To install the load compartment

cover:
Additional Storage
Locations 1. Align the front sides of the load
Features
compartment cover into the
Load Compartment slots on both sides at the front Cargo Cover (Hatchback)
(Hatchback) of the load compartment.
The load compartment cover can be 2. Lower the load compartment { Warning
used to conceal objects under it or cover onto the lip around the
An unsecured cargo cover could
removed and placed on the bottom load compartment.
strike people in a sudden stop or
of the load compartment to carry
turn, or in a crash. Store the
larger loads.
cargo cover securely or remove it
To remove the load compartment from the vehicle.
cover:
1. Lift up on the load The cargo cover can be used to
compartment cover and cover items in the rear of the
pull out. vehicle.
2. Store the load compartment To remove the cargo cover:
cover on the bottom of the load
compartment. 1. Remove both of the cords from
the hooks at the top of the
liftgate.
2. Push up on the underside of
the cargo cover at both pins at
the front sides of the cargo
cover.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
88 Storage
To install the cargo cover:

1. Align the clips on the underside
of the cargo cover over the
pins on both sides of the cargo
area and push down.
2. Reconnect both of the cords to
the hooks at the top of the
liftgate.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Instruments and Controls 89
Instruments and Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 100
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . .
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .
108
108
Controls Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . 102
Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . 102
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . .
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
108
109
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Information Displays
Controls Driver Information
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 90 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 90
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Vehicle Messages
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 91 Power Steering Warning Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . 92 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 111
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Lane Departure Warning Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Trip Computer
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 104
Indicators Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Vehicle Personalization
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . 105 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 113
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Traction Control System (TCS)/
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Engine Coolant Temperature
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 106
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 107
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 98 Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . 99 Reduced Engine Power
Passenger Airbag Status Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 108
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 100 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
90 Instruments and Controls
Controls Steering Wheel Controls $ / i (Mute/End Call) : Press to

decline an incoming call, to end
Steering Wheel speech recognition, or to end a
current call. Press to silence the
Adjustment vehicle speakers while using the
infotainment system. Press again to
turn the sound on.
For vehicles with OnStar or
Bluetooth systems, press to reject
an incoming call, or end a
current call.
_ SRC ^ (Source) : Press to select
an audio source.
Some audio steering wheel controls Toggle up or down to select the next
could differ depending on the or previous favorite radio station,
vehicle's options. Some audio USB file, iPod/iPhone song or
controls can be adjusted at the Bluetooth music.
To adjust the steering wheel: steering wheel. Toggle and hold up or down to fast
1. Pull the lever down. b / g (Press to Talk) : For vehicles forward or reverse the radio
with Bluetooth or OnStar, press to stations, USB files, iPod/iPhone
2. Move the steering wheel up, songs or Bluetooth music.
down, forward, and backward. interact with those systems. See
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 153 + x (Volume) : Press + or to
3. Pull the lever up to lock the or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 146 or
steering wheel in place. increase or decrease the volume.
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
Do not adjust the steering wheel 0 147 or OnStar (if equipped). Horn
while driving.
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Windshield Wiper/Washer If the ignition is put in OFF while the

wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing, the wipers
continue to run until they reach the
base of the windshield.
n L (Windshield Washer) : Pull
Hatchback Shown, Sedan Similar the windshield wiper lever toward
INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Move you to spray windshield washer fluid
Sedan and activate the wipers. The wipers
the lever up to INT for intermittent
will continue until the lever is
wipes, then turn the x INT band released or the maximum wash time
up for more frequent wipes or down is reached. When the windshield
for less frequent wipes. wiper lever is released, additional
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. wipes may occur depending on how
long the windshield washer had
1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, briefly been activated. See Washer Fluid
Hatchback move the wiper lever down. For 0 237 for information on filling the
The windshield wiper/washer lever several wipes, hold the wiper windshield washer fluid reservoir.
is on the right side of the steering lever down.
column. Wiper Parking { Warning
Move the lever to one of the If the ignition is put in OFF while the
following positions: wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they In freezing weather, do not use
will immediately stop. the washer until the windshield is
HI : Use for fast wipes. warmed. Otherwise the washer
LO : Use for slow wipes. If the windshield wiper lever is then fluid can form ice on the
moved to OFF before the driver windshield, blocking your vision.
door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
the base of the windshield.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Clear snow and ice from the wiper OFF : The rear wiper turns off when The windshield washer reservoir is
blades before using them. If frozen the button is returned to the middle used for the windshield and the rear
to the windshield, carefully loosen or position. window. Check the fluid level in the
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes) : reservoir if either washer is not
should be replaced. See Wiper Press the lower portion of the button working. See Washer Fluid 0 237.
Blade Replacement 0 242. to set a delay between wipes.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the Compass
wiper motor. A circuit breaker will
a (Rear Washer) : Push the
windshield wiper lever forward to The vehicle may have a compass
stop the motor until it cools down. spray washer fluid on the rear display in the Driver Information
window. The lever returns to its Center (DIC). The compass receives
Rear Window Wiper/ starting position when released. its heading and other information
Washer from the Global Positioning
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
If equipped with the rear wiper/ If the rear wiper control is off, the and vehicle speed information.
washer, the controls are on the end rear wiper will automatically operate
of the windshield wiper lever. Avoid covering the GPS antenna,
continuously when the shift lever is located on the roof, for long periods
in R (Reverse), and the front of time with objects that may
windshield wiper is performing low interfere with the antenna's ability to
or high speed wipes. If the rear receive a satellite signal. The
wiper control is off, the shift lever is compass system is designed to
in R (Reverse), and the front operate for a certain number of
windshield wiper is performing miles or degrees of turn before
interval wipes, then the rear wiper needing a signal from the GPS
automatically performs interval satellites. When the compass
ON : Press the upper portion of the wipes. display shows CAL, drive the
button for continuous rear window vehicle for a short distance in an
This feature can be changed. See
wipes. open area where it can receive a
Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
GPS signal. The compass system
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
will automatically determine when press the MENU/TUNE knob system. See Operation 0 132 for
the GPS signal is restored and after adjusting the minutes information about how to use the
provide a heading again. or year. menu system.
To set the 12/24 hour format: Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
Clock
1. Press CLOCK.
The infotainment system controls 1. Press D , and then press
are used to access the time and 2. Select Time and Date Settings. settings.
date settings through the menu 3. Highlight Set Time Format. 2. Press time and date settings.
system. See Operation 0 132 for
4. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to 3. Select 12/24 HR Format.
information about how to use the
select the 12 hour or 24 hour
menu system. 4. Press 4.
display format.
Radio without Touchscreen To set the month and day format: Setting the Month and Day
To set the time and date: 1. Press CLOCK. Format
1. Press CLOCK. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 1. Press D , and then press
2. Select Time and Date Settings. 3. Highlight Set Date Format. settings.
3. Select Set Time or Set Date. 4. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to 2. Press time and date settings.
4. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to select MM/DD/YYYY (month/ 3. Press S or T to set the date
adjust the highlighted value. day/year), or DD/MM/YYYY display to DD/MM/YYYY (day/
(day/month/year), or YYYY/ month/year), MM/DD/YYYY
5. Press the MENU/TUNE knob to MM/DD (year/month/day).
select the next value. (month/day/year), or YYYY/
Radio with Touchscreen MM/DD (year/month/day)
6. To save the time or date and display format.
return to the Time and Date The infotainment system controls
Settings menu, press the / are used to access the time and 4. Press 4.
BACK button at any time or date settings through the menu
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Setting the Time and Date Power Outlets Caution

1. Press D, and then press The accessory power outlets can be
settings. used to plug in electrical equipment, Leaving electrical equipment
such as a cell phone or MP3 player. plugged in for an extended period
2. Press time and date settings, of time while the vehicle is off will
and then set time and date. The vehicle has an accessory
power outlet in front of the drain the battery. Always unplug
3. Press y or z to adjust the cupholders on the center floor electrical equipment when not in
value. console. use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
4. Press 4. Remove the cover to access and 20 amp rating.
replace when not in use.
Automatic Clock Sync
1. Press D, and then press { Warning Certain accessory power plugs may
not be compatible with the
settings. accessory power outlet and could
Power is always supplied to the
2. Press time and date settings, outlets. Do not leave electrical overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
and then automatic clock sync. equipment plugged in when the If a problem is experienced, see
vehicle is not in use because the your dealer.
3. Select On to display the real
time or Off to display the time vehicle could catch fire and cause When adding electrical equipment,
set by the user. injury or death. be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
4. Press 4. the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 217.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Caution Warning Lights, Some warning lights come on briefly

when the engine is started to
Hanging heavy equipment from
Gauges, and indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
the power outlet can cause Indicators and stays on while driving, or when
damage not covered by the Warning lights and gauges can one of the gauges shows there may
vehicle warranty. The power signal that something is wrong be a problem, check the section that
outlets are designed for before it becomes serious enough explains what to do. Waiting to do
accessory power plugs only, such to cause an expensive repair or repairs can be costly and even
as cell phone charge cords. replacement. Paying attention to the dangerous.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Instrument Cluster
English Manual Transmission Shown, Metric Similar

2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Speedometer Press the trip odometer reset stem Fuel Gauge

on the cluster to switch between the
The speedometer shows the odometer and trip odometer.
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per To reset the trip odometer to zero,
hour (mph). press and hold the trip odometer
reset stem while the trip odometer is
Odometer displayed. Be careful not to reset
the engine oil life monitor
accidentally.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
The odometer shows how far the The fuel gauge indicates about how
vehicle has been driven, in either Caution much fuel is left when the ignition is
kilometers or miles. turned to ON/RUN.
If the engine is operated with the When the tank nears empty, the low
Trip Odometer rpms in the warning area at the fuel warning light will come on.
high end of the tachometer, the There is still a little fuel left, but the
vehicle could be damaged, and vehicle's fuel tank should be filled
the damage would not be covered soon. See Low Fuel Warning Light
by the vehicle warranty. Do not 0 107 for more information.
operate the engine with the rpms An arrow on the fuel gauge
in the warning area. indicates on which side of the
vehicle the fuel door is located.
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Here are four things that some

owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the gas
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come
to fill up than the gauge
on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten
indicated. For example, the
their safety belt. Then the light stays their safety belt. Then the light stays
gauge may have indicated the
on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled.
tank was half full, but it actually
This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if
took a little more or less than
times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes
half the tank's capacity to fill
becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is
the tank.
vehicle is moving. moving.
. The indicator moves a little when
If the driver safety belt is buckled, If the passenger safety belt is
turning a corner or speeding up.
neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the
. The gauge goes back to empty comes on. light comes on.
when the ignition is turned off.
Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt
Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn
Safety Belt Reminders on if an object is put on the seat
There is a passenger safety belt such as a briefcase, handbag,
Driver Safety Belt Reminder reminder light near the passenger grocery bag, laptop, or other
Light airbag status indicator. See electronic device. To turn off the
There is a driver safety belt Passenger Sensing System 0 62. reminder light and/or chime, remove
reminder light on the instrument the object from the seat or buckle
cluster. the safety belt.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Airbag Readiness Light

{ Warning
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays
system. The system check includes on after the vehicle is started or
the airbag sensor(s), passenger comes on while driving, it means
sensing system, the pretensioners the airbag system might not be
(if equipped), the airbag modules, working properly. The airbags in United States
the wiring, and the crash sensing the vehicle might not inflate in a
and diagnostic module. For more crash, or they could even inflate
information on the airbag system, without a crash. To help avoid
see Airbag System 0 56. injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
Canada
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
The vehicle has a passenger will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
sensing system. See Passenger for on and off, for several seconds
The airbag readiness light comes on
Sensing System 0 62 for important as a system check. Then, after
for several seconds when the
safety information. The instrument several seconds, the status
vehicle is started. If the light does
panel has a passenger airbag status indicator will light either ON or OFF,
not come on then, have it fixed
indicator. or the on or off symbol to let you
immediately.
know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
outboard passenger frontal airbag Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator

and knee airbag are allowed to
inflate.
Lamp (Check Engine
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
Light)
lit on the passenger airbag status This light is part of the vehicles
indicator, it means that the emission control on-board
passenger sensing system has diagnostic system. If this light is on
turned off the front outboard while the engine is running, a
passenger frontal airbag and knee This light will come on briefly when malfunction has been detected and
airbag. the ignition is turned on, and the the vehicle may require service. The
engine is not running, as a check to light should come on to show that it
If, after several seconds, both status
show it is working. is working when the ignition is in
indicator lights remain on, or if there
ON/RUN with the engine not
are no lights at all, there may be a It should go out when the engine is running. See Ignition Positions
problem with the lights or the started. If it stays on, or comes on 0 191.
passenger sensing system. See while driving, there may be a
your dealer for service. problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
{ Warning dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery. If a short
If the airbag readiness light ever distance must be driven with the
comes on and stays on, it means light on, turn off all accessories,
that something may be wrong such as the radio and air
with the airbag system. To help conditioner, to help reduce the drain Malfunctions are often indicated by
avoid injury to yourself or others, on the battery. the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
have the vehicle serviced right
and seeking service promptly when
away. See Airbag Readiness
it comes on may prevent damage.
Light 0 99 for more information,
including important safety
information.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
If the light is flashing : A . Poor fuel quality can cause

Caution malfunction has been detected that inefficient engine operation and
could damage the emission control poor driveability, which may go
If the vehicle is driven continually system and increase vehicle away once the engine is warmed
with this light on, the emission emissions. Diagnosis and service up. If this occurs, change the
control system may not work as may be required. fuel brand. It may require at
well, the fuel economy may be least one full tank of the proper
lower, and the vehicle may not To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
run smoothly. This could lead to 0 213.
accelerations and uphill grades.
costly repairs that might not be
If the light continues to flash, find a If the light remains on, see your
covered by the vehicle warranty.
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle dealer.
off and wait at least 10 seconds Emissions Inspection and
before restarting the engine. If the Maintenance Programs
Caution light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Modifications to the engine, dealer for service as soon as Inspection/Maintenance test, the
transmission, exhaust, intake, possible. test equipment will likely connect to
or fuel system, or the use of the vehicle's Data Link
replacement tires that do not If the light is on steady : A Connector (DLC).
malfunction has been detected.
meet the original tire
Diagnosis and service may be
specifications, can cause this light
required.
to come on. This could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the Check the following:
vehicle warranty. This could also . A loose or missing fuel cap may
affect the vehicles ability to pass cause the light to come on. See
an Emissions Inspection/ Filling the Tank 0 215. A few
Maintenance test. See driving trips with the cap The DLC is under the instrument
Accessories and Modifications properly installed may turn the panel to the left of the steering
0 220. light off. wheel. Connecting devices that are
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
not used to perform an Emissions Service Vehicle Soon Brake System Warning
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
Light Light
vehicle operation See Add-On The vehicle brake system consists
Electrical Equipment 0 217. See of two hydraulic circuits. If one
your dealer if assistance is needed. circuit is not working, the remaining
The vehicle may not pass circuit can still work to stop the
inspection if: vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
. The light is on when the engine be working
is running. For vehicles with this light, it comes
If the warning light comes on, there
. The light does not come on on if a condition exists that may
is a brake problem. Have the brake
when the ignition is in ON/RUN require the vehicle to be taken in for
system inspected right away.
with the engine not running. service.
. Critical emission control systems If the light comes on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service as
{ Warning
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the soon as possible. The brake system might not be
vehicle would not be ready for working properly if the brake
inspection and might require Owner Manual Indicator system warning light is on.
several days of routine driving Driving with the brake system
before the system is ready for warning light on can lead to a
inspection. This can happen if crash. If the light is still on after
the 12-volt battery has recently the vehicle has been pulled off
been replaced or run down, or if the road and carefully stopped,
the vehicle has been recently have the vehicle towed for
serviced. service.
See your dealer if the vehicle will This symbol is shown when you
not pass or cannot be made ready need to see the owner manual for
for the test. additional instructions or
information.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Antilock Brake System The ABS warning light will come on

briefly when the ignition is turned to
(ABS) Warning Light ON/RUN. This is normal. If the light
does not come on then, have it fixed
so it will be ready to warn if there is
a problem.
Metric English
Up-Shift Light
This light should come on briefly
when the ignition is turned to ON.
If it does not come on then, have it This light comes on briefly when the
fixed so it will be ready to warn if engine is started.
there is a problem. If the light stays on, turn the ignition
When the ignition is on, the brake to LOCK/OFF or if the light comes
system warning light will also come on, stop as soon as possible and
on when the parking brake is set. turn the ignition off. Then start the For manual transmission vehicles,
The light will stay on if the parking engine again to reset the system. there is an up-shift light that comes
brake does not fully release. If it If the light still stays on, or comes on in the lower DIC area. It shows
stays on after the parking brake is on again while driving, the vehicle when to shift to the next higher gear
fully released, it means there is a needs service. See your dealer. for best fuel economy.
brake problem. If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, the brakes will still See Manual Transmission 0 200.
If the light comes on while driving,
carefully pull off the road and stop. work, but the antilock brakes will not
The pedal may be harder to push or work. If the regular brake system
may go closer to the floor. It may warning light is also on, the antilock
take longer to stop. If the light is still brakes will not work and there is a
on, have the vehicle towed for problem with the regular brakes.
service. See Towing the Vehicle See Brake System Warning Light
0 289. 0 102.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Power Steering Warning If equipped, this light, located in the The red forward collision alert
center of the instrument panel, comes on and flashes when a
Light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle is being approached too
vehicle. rapidly.
If it does not come on, have the The forward collision alert stays on
vehicle serviced. when following a vehicle much too
This light is green if LDW is on and closely.
ready to operate. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
This light changes to amber and System 0 210.
This light comes on briefly when the flashes to indicate that the lane
ignition is turned to ON/RUN as a marking has been crossed without Vehicle Ahead Indicator
check to show it is working. using a turn signal in that direction. This light is on the center of the
If it does not come on have the See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) instrument panel.
vehicle serviced by your dealer. 0 212.
If this light stays on, or comes on
while driving, the system may not be Forward Collision Alert
working. If this happens, see your (FCA) Warning Light
dealer for service.
This light is on the center of the
Lane Departure Warning instrument panel.
(LDW) Light If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 210.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Traction Off Light StabiliTrak OFF Light Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light
This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not, starting the engine. If it does not, The StabiliTrak or Traction Control
have the vehicle serviced by your have the vehicle serviced by your System (TCS) indicator/warning
dealer. If the system is working dealer. light comes on briefly when the
normally, the indicator light then This light comes on when the engine is started.
turns off. StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the light does not come on, have
The traction off light comes on when If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
the Traction Control System (TCS) Control System (TCS) is also off. If the system is working normally,
has been turned off by pressing and If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the indicator light turns off.
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak the system does not assist in
button. If the light is on and not flashing, the
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF TCS and the StabiliTrak systems system have been disabled.
light come on when StabiliTrak is and the warning light turns off.
turned off. If the indicator/warning light is on
See Traction Control/Electronic and flashing, the TCS and/or the
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not Stability Control 0 204. StabiliTrak system is actively
limited. Adjust driving accordingly. working.
See Traction Control/Electronic See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 204. Stability Control 0 204.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Engine Coolant The engine coolant temperature Stop as soon as possible, and
warning light comes on when the inflate the tires to the pressure value
Temperature Warning engine has overheated. shown on the Tire and Loading
Light If this happens, pull over and turn Information label. See Tire Pressure
off the engine as soon as possible. 0 261.
See Engine Overheating 0 236. When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
Tire Pressure Light If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
This light comes on briefly while problem is not corrected, the light
starting the vehicle. will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
If it does not, have the vehicle Operation 0 263.
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Engine Oil Pressure Light
indicator light goes off. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
Caution
Caution started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS. Lack of proper engine oil
The engine coolant temperature
When the Light Is On Steady maintenance can damage the
warning light indicates that the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
vehicle has overheated. Driving This indicates that one or more of
low can also damage the engine.
with this light on can damage the the tires are significantly
The repairs would not be covered
engine and it may not be covered underinflated.
by the vehicle warranty. Check
by the vehicle warranty. See
the oil level as soon as possible.
Engine Overheating 0 236.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Caution (Continued)
Low Fuel Warning Light Immobilizer Light
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
This light comes on for a few The immobilizer light should come
seconds when the ignition is turned on briefly as the engine is started.
on as a check to indicate it is If it does not come on, have the
working. If it does not come on, vehicle serviced by your dealer.
have it fixed. If the system is working normally,
This light comes on when the the indicator light turns off.
vehicle is low on fuel. If the light stays on and the engine
This light should come on briefly as The low fuel warning light comes on does not start, there could be a
the engine is started. If it does not when there are approximately 6.0 L problem with the immobilizer
come on, have the vehicle serviced (1.7 gal) of fuel remaining in system. See Immobilizer Operation
by your dealer. the tank. 0 37.
If the light comes on and stays on, it To turn the light off, add fuel to the
means that oil is not flowing through Reduced Engine Power
fuel tank. See Filling the Tank
the engine properly. The vehicle 0 215. Light
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
The reduced engine power light Daytime Running Lamps Lamps On Reminder
should come on briefly as the
engine is started. If it does not come
(DRL) Indicator Light
on, have the vehicle serviced by
your dealer.
This light, along with the malfunction
indicator lamp, displays when a
noticeable reduction in the vehicle's
performance occurs. This light comes on when the
The vehicle can be driven at a This light turns on whenever the exterior lamps are in use. See
reduced speed when the reduced Daytime Running Lamps are in use. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 120.
engine power light is on but
acceleration and speed might be See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Cruise Control Light
reduced. If this light stays on, see 0 121.
your dealer as soon as possible for
diagnosis and repair. Front Fog Lamp Light
High-Beam On Light
For vehicles with cruise control, the

cruise control light is white when the
cruise control is on and ready, and
For vehicles with fog lamps, this turns green when the cruise control
light comes on when the fog lamps is set and active.
This light comes on when the are on.
The light turns off when the cruise
high-beam headlamps are in use. The light goes out when the fog control is turned off. See Cruise
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam lamps are turned off. See Fog Control 0 206.
Changer 0 121. Lamps 0 123 for more information.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Door Ajar Light Information Displays DIC Buttons
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays information about
your vehicle. It also displays
warning messages if a system
This light comes on when a door is problem is detected. See Vehicle 1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
open or not securely latched. Before Messages 0 111. All messages the menu item displayed. This
driving, check that all doors are appear in the DIC display in the is not used to reset the trip
properly closed. instrument cluster. odometer. To reset the trip
odometer, use the reset button
DIC Operation and Displays on the tachometer in the
The DIC has different displays instrument cluster.
which can be accessed by using the 2. w x (Band): Turn the band
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever
to scroll through the menu
on the left side of the steering
items.
wheel. The DIC displays trip, fuel,
and warning messages if a system 3. MENU: Press to display the
problem is detected. See Trip DIC menus. This button is also
Computer 0 111 and Vehicle used to return to or exit the last
Messages 0 111. screen displayed on the DIC.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
DIC Menu Items change the displays on the cluster remaining useful life. If 99 : % is
and DIC to the type of displayed, that means 99% of the
Press MENU to view the DIC
measurements you select. current oil life remains.
menus. Some items display in the
upper display area, some in the Language When the remaining oil life is low,
lower display area, and others use the : % CHANGE message will
This menu is not available while the
both the upper and lower display
vehicle is moving. Press SET/CLR appear on the display. The oil
areas. Use w x to scroll through while the language display is active should be changed as soon as
the menu items. Not all items are and move w x to change the possible. See Engine Oil 0 226. In
available on every vehicle. The addition to the engine oil life system
language of the displays when
following is a list of all possible monitoring the oil life, additional
LANG SET is displayed. You will
menu items: maintenance is recommended in the
have to select 1 or 2 for the
. Units language display. 1 is Alphabet and Maintenance Schedule. See
2 is Arabic Numeral. Press SET/ Maintenance Schedule 0 302.
. Language
CLR to confirm the setting. Remember, the oil life display must
. Tire Learn be reset after each oil change. It will
Tire Learn
. Remaining Oil Life not reset itself. Also, be careful not
This menu is not available while the to reset the oil life display
Units vehicle is moving. This display accidentally at any time other than
This menu is not available while the allows for matching of the TPMS when the oil has just been changed.
vehicle is moving. Press SET/CLR sensors. See Tire Pressure Monitor It cannot be reset accurately until
while the unit display is active and System 0 262 and Tire Pressure the next oil change. To reset the
Monitor Operation 0 263. engine oil life system, press the
move w x to change units when
UNIT SET is displayed. Press SET/ Remaining Oil Life SET/CLR button while the oil life
CLR to confirm the setting. You will display is active. See Engine Oil
This menu is not available while the Life System 0 228.
have to select 1, 2, or 3 for the unit vehicle is moving. This display
display. 1 is Imperial units, 2 is US shows an estimate of the oil's
units, and 3 is metric units. This will
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Messages 89 : Service Vehicle Soon Trip Computer

DIC messages display when the Engine Oil Messages The trip computer is located in the
status of the vehicle has changed Driver Information Center (DIC).
and action may be needed to : % CHANGE It provides the driver with driving
correct the condition. Multiple information such as average speed,
messages appear one after another. This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed. fuel range, average fuel economy,
Press any of the DIC buttons on the When changing the engine oil, be and a timer.
turn signal lever to acknowledge sure to reset the Oil Life System.
and clear them from the display. See Engine Oil Life System 0 228,
More urgent messages cannot be Engine Oil 0 226, and Maintenance
cleared from the DIC display. All Schedule 0 302.
messages should be taken
seriously. Clearing messages will Tire Messages
not correct the problem.
Vehicle messages appear as code LF XX, RF XX, LR XX, 1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
numbers. or RR XX the menu item displayed. This
A message displays when the tire is not used to reset the trip
25 : Left Front Turn Signal Failure
pressure is low. It shows the odometer. To reset the trip
26 : Left Rear Turn Signal Failure location of the low tire and the odometer, use the reset button
27 : Right Front Turn Signal Failure approximate pressure of the low tire. on the tachometer in the
instrument cluster.
28 : Right Rear Turn Signal Failure If a tire pressure message appears,
49 : Lane Departure Warning
stop as soon as you can. Inflate the 2. w x (Band): Turn the band
tires by adding air until the tire to scroll through the menu
Unavailable pressure is equal to the values items.
52 : Change Timing Belt shown on the Tire and Loading
3. MENU: Press to display the
77 : Service Front Camera System Information label. See Tires 0 254,
DIC menus. This button is also
Vehicle Load Limits 0 187, and Tire
84 : Engine Power Is Reduced used to return to or exit the last
Pressure 0 261.
screen displayed on the DIC.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
To operate the trip computer, turn estimate is based on an average of

band on the turn signal lever. the vehicle's fuel economy over
The following is a list of the trip recent driving history and the
computer items amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
. Average Speed
Average Fuel Economy
. Fuel Range
. Average Fuel Economy
. Timer English
Some items can be reset by This display shows the average
pressing the SET/CLR button. speed. To reset the average speed
to zero, press and hold the SET/
Average Speed CLR button while the average
speed is displayed.
Fuel Range Metric
Metric
Metric Shown, English Similar English

This displays the approximate This display shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven average liters per 100 kilometers (L/
without refueling. The fuel range 100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
This number is calculated based on Timer Vehicle

the number of L/100 km (mpg)
recorded since the last time this Personalization
menu item was reset. This number
reflects only the approximate Personalization Menu (Radio
average fuel economy that the without Touchscreen)
vehicle has right now, and will Use the audio system controls to
change as driving conditions access the personalization menus
change. To reset the average fuel for customizing vehicle features.
economy, press and hold the SET/
CLR button while the average fuel The following are all possible
economy is displayed. This display can be used as a timer. personalization features. Depending
To start/stop the timer, press SET/ on the vehicle, some may not be
CLR while the timer is displayed. available.
The display will show the amount of CONFIG (Configuration) : Press to
time that has passed since the timer access the Configuration
was last reset, not including time the Settings menu.
ignition is off. The timer will record
up to 99:59 hours, after which the MENU/TUNE : Turn to scroll
display will return to zero. To reset through the menus. Press to enter
the timer to zero, press and hold the menus and select the menu
SET/CLR. items.
/ BACK : Press to exit or move
backward in a menu.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Entering the Personalization Chime Volume Exit Lighting

Menus This allows selection of the chime Select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute,
1. Press CONFIG to access the volume level. or 2 Minutes.
Configuration Settings menu. Select Normal or High. Power Door Locks
2. Turn the MENU/TUNE knob to
highlight Vehicle Settings. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Select Power Door Locks and the
When on and the vehicle is on, this following may display:
3. Press MENU/TUNE to select
the Vehicle Settings menu. feature will turn the rear wipers on . Auto Door Unlock
when the vehicle is placed in .
The following list of menu items may Unlock Door Anti Lock Out
R (Reverse) with the front wipers on.
be available: . Delayed Door Lock
Select On or Off.
. Comfort and Convenience Auto Door Unlock
Language
. Language This allows selection of which of the
Select Language, then select from doors will automatically unlock when
. Lighting the available language(s). the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) or
. Power Door Locks
Lighting the key is removed.
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Select the Lighting menu and the Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off.
. Return to Factory Settings following may display: Unlock Door Anti Lock Out
Comfort and Convenience . Exterior Vehicle Locator Lights When on, this feature will keep the
Select the Comfort and . Exit Lighting driver door from locking when the
Convenience menu and the door is open. If Off is selected, the
Exterior Vehicle Locator Lights Unlock Door Anti Lock Out menu
following may display:
This allows selection of whether the will be available and the door will
. Chime Volume
exterior lamps will turn on when lock as programmed through
. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear unlocking the vehicle. this menu.
Select On or Off. Select On or Off.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Delayed Door Lock Select Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Use the audio system controls to
When on, this feature will delay the Horn Only, or Off. access the personalization menus
locking of the doors until for customizing vehicle features.
Remote Door Unlock
five seconds after the last door is The following are all possible
closed. Three chimes will signal that This allows selection of which doors personalization features. Depending
delayed locking is in use. Pressing will unlock when pressing K on the on the vehicle, some may not be
will override the delayed locking RKE transmitter. available.
feature and immediately lock all of Select All Doors or Driver Door D (Home) : Press to access the
the doors. Only. When set to Driver Door Only, Home Page Menu.
Select On or Off. the driver door will unlock the first
Q or R : Press to scroll through the
time K is pressed and all doors will menus or setup items.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
unlock when K is pressed a second
Select Remote Lock, Unlock, Start 4 : Press to exit, or return to the
time. When set to All Doors, all of previous screen or menu.
and the following may display: the doors will unlock at the first
. Remote Unlock Feedback press of K. To access the menu:
. Remote Lock Feedback
Return to Factory Settings 1. Press D.
. Remote Door Unlock 2. Press Settings.
Select Return to Factory Settings to
Remote Unlock Feedback return all of the vehicle The following list of menu items may
personalization to the default be available:
When on, the exterior lamps will
settings. . Time & Date Settings
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter. Select Yes or No. . Radio Settings
Select On or Off. Personalization Menu (Radio . Connection Settings
Remote Lock Feedback with Touchscreen) . Vehicle Settings
This allows selection of what type of Settings can be made with the . Language
feedback is given when locking the ignition on and the vehicle not
vehicle with the RKE transmitter. moving. . Text Scroll
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. Touch Beep Sound Radio Settings Radio Tune Bar
. Max Startup Volume Select and the following may Select to display the radio station
. System Version display: tune bar.
. DivX VOD . Auto Volume Select On or Off.
Press the menu item to select it. . Radio Favorites Radio Text
Each of the menus is detailed in the . Radio Tune Bar Select to display the radio broadcast
following information. . information.
Radio Text
Settings menus and functions may . Select On or Off.
XM Categories
vary depending on vehicle options.
. Radio Factory Settings XM Categories
Time & Date Settings Select to set the selection of XM
Auto Volume
Select to change the settings: categories.
This feature adjusts the radio
. Set Time Format: Select 12h Radio Factory Settings
volume to compensate for road and
or 24h. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up Select to restore the radio to the
. Set Date Format: Press S or T or slows down, so that the volume factory settings.
to select the date display. level is consistent.
Connection Settings
. Set Time & Date: Select, then Select Off, Low, Medium, or High.
Select and the following may
press y or z to adjust the Radio Favorites display:
value. This feature sets the number of . Bluetooth Settings
. Automatic Clock Sync: Select to favorite pages displayed.
display the real or user time on . Change Ringtone
the radio. Select On or Off. Press S or T to select the desired . Ringtone Volume
number.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Bluetooth Settings . Lighting Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Select this feature to: . Power Door Locks Select to set this feature on or off.
. Connect, disconnect, or delete a . Lock, Unlock Settings When on, and the front wipers are
device on, the rear window wiper will turn
. Rear Camera Option on automatically when the vehicle is
. Change or set a Personal . shifted into R (Reverse).
Vehicle Factory Settings
Identification Number (PIN)
Select On or Off.
. Turn on or off the Bluetooth Climate & Air Quality
connection Select and Remote Start Heated Collision/Detection
. Make the infotainment system Seats may display. Select and Park Assist may display.
discoverable by Bluetooth Select On or Off. Select On or Off.
devices
Comfort & Convenience Lighting
. Check the device information
Select and the following may Select and the following may
Change Ringtone display: display:
Select to set different ringtones. . Chime Volume . Exit Lighting
Ringtone Volume . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear . Vehicle Locator Lights
Select to set the ringtone volume. Chime Volume Exit Lighting
Press S or T. Select to set the chime volume Select to set how long the exterior
level. lamps stay on when leaving the
Vehicle Settings vehicle and it is dark outside.
Select Normal or High.
Select and the following may Select Off, 30 Sec, 60 Sec,
display: or 120 Sec.
. Climate & Air Quality
. Comfort & Convenience
. Collision/Detection
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Locator Lights Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Light & Horn
This allows selection of how long When on, this feature will delay the Feedback
the exterior lamps stay on when locking of the doors until Select to set what type of feedback
leaving the vehicle and it is dark five seconds after the last door is is given when pressing Q on the
outside. closed. Three chimes will signal that RKE transmitter.
Select On or Off. delayed locking is in use. Pressing
Select Lights Only, Lights & Horn,
either Q or K on the RKE
Power Door Locks Horn Only, or Off.
transmitter twice will override the
Select and the following may delayed locking feature and Remote Door Unlock
display: immediately lock all of the doors. Select to set which doors will unlock
. Auto Door Unlock Select On or Off. when pressing K on the RKE
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Lock, Unlock Settings transmitter.
. Delayed Door Lock Select and the following may Select All Doors or Driver Door.
display: When set to Driver Door, the driver
Auto Door Unlock door will unlock the first time K is
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Select to set which of the doors will pressed and all doors will unlock
automatically unlock when the . Remote Lock Light & Horn when the button is pressed a
vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Feedback second time. When set to All Doors,
. Remote Door Unlock all of the doors will unlock at the first
Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off.
press of K.
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will Rear Camera Option
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the flash when unlocking the vehicle Select and the following may
door is open. If Off is selected, the with the RKE transmitter. display:
Delayed Door Lock menu will be Select Flash Lights or Lights Off. . Guidelines
available and the door will lock as
programmed through this menu.
Select On or Off.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Guidelines Touch Beep Sound . DIVX VIDEO-ON DEMAND: This

The RVC system has a guideline DivX Certified device must be
When on, a beep will be heard
overlay that can help the driver align registered in order to play
when pressing the screen. When
the vehicle when backing into a purchased DivX
off, the beep is canceled.
parking spot. See Rear Vision Video-on-Demand (VOD)
Select On or Off. movies. To obtain a registration
Camera (RVC) 0 208.
code, locate the DivX VOD
Select On or Off. Max Startup Volume section in the device setup
This allows the startup volume of menu. See vod.divx.com for
Vehicle Factory Settings
the infotainment system to be set. more information on how to
Select to return all of the vehicle complete the registration.
personalization to the default Press S or T to select the desired
settings. volume from 921.
Select Yes or No. System Version
Language Press to view the version of the
infotainment system.
Select Language, then select from
the available language(s). DivX VOD
Text Scroll Press DivX VOD.
When on, if there is long text . DIVX VIDEO: DivX is a digital
displayed on the audio screen, the video format created by DivX,
text is scrolled. When off, the text is LLC, a subsidiary of Rovi
scrolled once and displayed in Corporation. This is an official
truncated form. DivX Certified device that plays
DivX video. See divx.com for
Select On or Off. more information and software
tools on how to convert files into
DivX videos.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
120 Lighting
Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic) : Turns the

headlamps on automatically at
normal brightness, together with the
Exterior Lamp Controls following:
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 120 . Parking Lamps
Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Taillamps
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 . License Plate Lamps
Daytime Running . Instrument Panel Lights
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Automatic Headlamp . Sidemarker Lamps
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 ; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 122 parking lamps including all lamps
Turn and Lane-Change except the headlamps.
The exterior lamp control is on the
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
instrument panel to the outboard 5 (Headlamps) : Turns the
side of the steering column. headlamps on together with the
Interior Lighting There are four positions: parking lamps and instrument panel
Instrument Panel Illumination lights. A warning chime sounds if
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 O (Off) : Briefly turn to this position the driver door is opened when the
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 to turn the automatic light control off ignition switch is off and the
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 or on again. headlamps are on.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 # (Front Fog Lamps) : If equipped
Lighting Features with fog lamps, press to turn the
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 lamps on or off.
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 See Fog Lamps 0 123.
Battery Load Management . . . 125
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 126 When the lights are on, ; will be
Exterior Lighting Battery lit. See Lamps On Reminder 0 108.
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Lighting 121
Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass The DRL system makes the

low-beam headlamps come on at a
Low-Beam Changer To flash the high beams, pull the reduced brightness when the
turn signal lever all the way toward following conditions are met:
you. Then release it.
. The ignition is in the ON/
Daytime Running RUN mode.
Lamps (DRL) . The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
DRL can make it easier for others to
. The engine is running.
see the front of your vehicle during
3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam the day. Fully functional DRL are When the DRL are on, only the
Changer) : Push the turn signal required on all vehicles first sold in low-beam headlamps, at a reduced
lever away from you to turn the high Canada. level of brightness, will be on. The
beams on. taillamps, sidemarker, instrument
panel, and other lamps will not
Push the lever again or pull the be on.
lever toward you to return to low
beams. The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
headlamps depending on the
darkness of the surroundings. The
This indicator light turns on in the other lamps that come on with the
instrument cluster when the DRL headlamps will also come on.
are on.
When it is bright enough outside,
A light sensor on top of the the headlamps go off and the DRL
This indicator light turns on in the instrument panel makes the DRL come on.
instrument cluster when the work, so be sure it is not covered.
high-beam headlamps are on.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
122 Lighting
To turn the DRL lamps off or on The system may also turn on the Hazard Warning Flashers
again, turn the exterior lamp control headlamps when driving through a
to O and then release. For vehicles parking garage or tunnel.
first sold in Canada, the DRL lamps Lights On with Wipers
cannot be turned off.
If the windshield wipers are
Automatic Headlamp activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
System in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
When it is dark enough outside and lamps, and other exterior lamps
the exterior lamp control is in the come on. The transition time for the
automatic position, the headlamps lamps coming on varies based on
come on automatically. See Exterior wiper speed. When the wipers are
Lamp Controls 0 120. not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to P
or ; to disable this feature. | (Hazard Warning Flasher) :
Press and momentarily hold this
button to make the front and rear
turn signal lamps flash on and off.
This warns others that you are
having trouble. Press and
momentarily hold again to turn the
flashers off.
The vehicle has a light sensor on

top of the instrument panel. Make
sure it is not covered, or the
headlamps will be on when they are
not needed.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Lighting 123
Turn and Lane-Change may be burned out. Replace any # (Fog Lamps) : Press to turn the
burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not fog lamps on or off. An indicator
Signals burned out, check the fuse. See light on the instrument cluster
Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 248 or comes on when the fog lamps
Bulb Replacement 0 243. are on.
Turn Signal On Chime The fog lamps come on together
If the turn signal is left on for more with the parking lamps.
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime will If the high-beam headlamps are
sound at each flash of the turn turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
signal. To turn the chime off, move If the high-beam headlamps are
the turn signal lever to the neutral turned off, the fog lamps will turn
position. back on again.
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn. Some localities have laws that
Fog Lamps require the headlamps to be on
An arrow on the instrument cluster along with the fog lamps.
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane
change is completed. If the lever is
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
The lever returns to its neutral If equipped with front fog lamps, the
position when it is released. button is on the outboard side of the
If after signaling a turn or lane instrument panel.
change the arrow flashes rapidly or The ignition must be on to turn on
does not come on, a signal bulb the fog lamps.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
124 Lighting
Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps H (Door) : When the button is

returned to the middle position, the
The courtesy lamps come on
Instrument Panel lamps turn on automatically when a
automatically when any door is
door is opened.
Illumination Control opened and the dome lamp is in the
door position. R (On) : Press to turn on the dome
lamps.
Dome Lamps
Reading Lamps
This feature controls the brightness

of the instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is to the left of the
steering column on the instrument For vehicles with front reading
panel. lamps, they are in the overhead
console.
D (Instrument Panel The dome lamp controls are in the
Brightness) : Move the headliner above the rear seats. # or $ (Reading Lamps) : Press
thumbwheel up or down and hold, to to turn each lamp on or off.
9 (Dome Lamp Override) : Press
brighten or dim the instrument panel to turn the lamps off, even when a
controls and infotainment display door is open.
screen.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Lighting 125
Lighting Features dome lamp remain on for a set

amount of time, then automatically
voltage move up or down. This is
normal. If there is a problem, an
turn off. alert will be displayed.
Entry Lighting
The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at
Some exterior lamps and interior immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in lamp control off. high. This is true for all vehicles.
areas with limited lighting, when K This is because the generator
This feature can be changed. See
is pressed on the Remote Keyless Vehicle Personalization 0 113. (alternator) may not be spinning fast
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a enough at idle to produce all the
door is opened, the interior lamps power needed for very high
come on if the dome lamp control is
Battery Load electrical loads.
in the Door position. They stay on Management A high electrical load occurs when
for about 20 seconds. When all of The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such
the doors have been closed or the Management (EPM) that estimates as: headlamps, high beams, fog
ignition is turned to ON/RUN, they the battery's temperature and state lamps, rear window defogger,
gradually fade out. of charge. It then adjusts the voltage climate control fan at high speed,
This feature can be changed. See for best performance and extended heated seats, engine cooling fans,
Vehicle Locator Lights under life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into
Vehicle Personalization 0 113. When the battery's state of charge accessory power outlets.
is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive
Exit Lighting to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this
Some exterior lamps and interior When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output
lamps come on at night, or in areas the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs.
with limited lighting, when the key is prevent overcharging. If the vehicle It can increase engine idle speed to
removed from the ignition. The has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage generate more power, whenever
dome lamp comes on after the display on the Driver Information needed. It can temporarily reduce
ignition is changed to the OFF Center (DIC), you may see the the power demands of some
position. The exterior lamps and accessories.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
126 Lighting
Normally, these actions occur in Exterior Lighting Battery

steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
Saver
highest levels of corrective action, The exterior lamps turn off about
this action may be noticeable to the 10 minutes after the ignition is
driver. turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
Battery Power Protection on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
The battery saver feature is timer, turn the exterior lamp control
designed to protect the vehicle's to the off position and then back to
battery. the parking lamp or headlamp
If some interior lamps are left on position.
and the ignition is turned off, the To keep the lamps on for more than
battery rundown protection system 10 minutes, the ignition must be in
automatically turns the lamp off after the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
some time. position.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Infotainment System 127
Infotainment Bluetooth (Voice

Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Introduction
System Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Infotainment
Downloadable Applications
Read the following pages to
Smartphone Link
Introduction become familiar with these features.
(Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Smartphone Link
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 128
Overview (AM-FM Radio) . . . . . 129
(Pandora) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 { Warning
Smartphone Link (Stitcher) . . . 164
Overview (Radio with Taking your eyes off the road for
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Bluetooth Phone/Devices too long or too often while using
Home Page (Radio with Pictures and Movies (Audio any infotainment feature can
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 cause a crash. You or others
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Pictures and Movies (Picture could be injured or killed. Do not
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 give extended attention to
Radio Pictures and Movies (Movie
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 infotainment tasks while driving.
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Limit your glances at the vehicle
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Trademarks and License displays and focus your attention
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 142 Agreements on driving. Use voice commands
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 142 Trademarks and License whenever possible.
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Audio Players
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 146
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
128 Infotainment System
The infotainment system has built-in Before driving: Theft-Deterrent Feature

features intended to help avoid . Become familiar with the
distraction by disabling some The theft-deterrent feature works by
operation, faceplate buttons, and learning a portion of the Vehicle
functions when driving. These screen buttons.
functions may gray out when they Identification Number (VIN) to the
are unavailable. Many infotainment . Set up the audio by presetting infotainment system. The
features are also available through favorite stations, setting the infotainment system does not
the instrument cluster and steering tone, and adjusting the operate if it is stolen or moved to a
wheel controls. speakers. different vehicle.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by touching a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 181.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 194.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Overview (AM-FM Radio) 1. FAV (Favorites)

. Radio: Opens the
favorites list.
2. O /VOL (Power/Volume)
. Turns the system on or off
and adjusts the volume.
3. Buttons 16
. Radio: Saves and selects
favorite stations.
4. AUX Port
. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) connection
for external devices.
5. CONFIG (Configuration)
. Opens the
Configuration menu.
6. INFO (Information)
. Radio: Shows available
information about the
current station.
7. TONE
. Opens the Tone menu.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
8. 5 / > (Phone/Mute) 13. Push/MENU/TUNE

. Mutes the audio system. . Radio: Manually selects
radio stations.
9. CLOCK
. Opens the Clock menu. 14. SEEK
. Radio: Seeks the previous
10. MEDIA
station.
. Selects external audio
source. 15. SEEK
11. / BACK . Radio: Seeks the next
station.
. Menu: Moves one
level back.
. Character Input: Deletes
the last character.
12. RADIO/BAND
. Changes the band while
listening to the radio.
. Selects the radio when
listening to a different audio
source.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Overview (Radio with Touchscreen) Home Page (Radio with

Touchscreen)
Touchscreen Buttons
Touchscreen buttons show on the
screen when available. When a
function is unavailable, the button
may gray out. When a function is
selected, the button may highlight.
Home Page Features
1. z VOL y (Volume) 3. D (Home Page)

. Press to decrease or . Press to go to the Home Press F to go to the Home Page.
increase the volume. Page. See Home Page e audio : Press to select AM, FM,
(Radio with Touchscreen) SiriusXM (if equipped), USB/iPod/
2. O (Power) 0 131. Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
. Press and hold to turn the G picture & movie : Press to view
power on or off. a picture, movie, or auxiliary video.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
7 telephone : Press to activate Turning the System On or Off Menu System

the phone features (if equipped). O /VOL (Power/Volume) : Press to Controls
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) turn the system on and off.
0 153 or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 146 The Push/MENU/TUNE knob, Push/
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) Automatic Switch-Off MENU/TUNE button, and / BACK
0 147. If the infotainment system is on after button are used to navigate the
^ smartphone link : Press to listen the ignition is turned off, the system menu system.
will turn off automatically after
to Pandora (if equipped), Stitcher , Push/MENU/TUNE Knob:
or available application. See 10 minutes.
Smartphone Link (Overview) 0 160 Turn to:
or Smartphone Link (Pandora)
Volume Control . Enter the menu system.
0 162 or Smartphone Link (Stitcher) O /VOL (Power/Volume) : Turn to . Highlight a menu option.
0 164. adjust the volume.
. Select a value.
8 settings : Press to access the 5 / > (Phone/Mute) : For vehicles
Personalization menu. See Vehicle with OnStar, press and hold 5 / > Push/MENU/TUNE Button:
Personalization 0 113. to mute the infotainment system. Press to:
Press and hold 5 / > again, or turn . Select or activate the highlighted
Operation
the O /VOL knob to cancel mute. menu option.
Radio Controls without For vehicles without OnStar, press . Confirm a set value.
Touchscreen 5 / > to mute the infotainment . Turn a system setting on or off.
The infotainment system is operated system. Press 5 / > again, or turn
by using the pushbuttons, the O /VOL knob to cancel mute.
multifunction knobs, menus shown
on the display, and steering wheel
controls, if equipped.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
/ BACK: Submenus Entering a Character Sequence

Press to:
. Exit a menu.
. Return from a submenu screen
to the previous menu screen.
. Delete the last character in a
sequence. An arrow on the right-hand edge of 1. Turn the Push/MENU/TUNE
Selecting a Menu Option the menu indicates that it has a knob to highlight the setting.
submenu with other options. 2. Press the Push/MENU/TUNE
Activating a Setting button to select the character.
Audio Settings
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
player source.
1. Turn the Push/MENU/TUNE
To quickly reset an audio setting
knob to move the
value to 0:
highlighted bar. 1. Turn the Push/MENU/TUNE
1. Press the TONE button.
2. Press the Push/MENU/TUNE knob to highlight the setting.
button to select the highlighted 2. Select the audio setting.
2. Press the Push/MENU/TUNE
option. button to activate the setting. 3. Press and hold the Push/
MENU/TUNE button until the
value changes to 0.
Press the / BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) 4. Select the number of available
and Bass For vehicles with an equalizer: favorite pages.
1. Press the TONE button. 5. Press the / BACK button to go

back to the System
2. Select EQ. Configuration menu.
3. Select the setting for Pop,
Rock, Classical, Talk, Auto Volume
or Country. The auto volume feature
automatically adjusts the radio
1. Press the TONE button. Press the / BACK button to go volume to compensate for road and
2. Select Treble, Midrange, back to the Tone Settings menu. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up
or Bass. System Settings or slows down, so that the volume
level is consistent.
3. Turn the Push/MENU/TUNE
Configuring the Number of
knob to select the value The level of volume compensation
Favorite Pages
between -12 and +12. can be selected, or the auto volume
feature can be turned off.
Press the / BACK button to go
back to the Tone Settings menu. 1. Press the Push/MENU/TUNE
button.
Adjusting the Fader and Balance
2. Select Radio Settings.
1. Press the TONE button.
3. Select Auto volume control.
2. Select Fader or Balance.
To configure the number of available 4. Select the setting.
3. Turn the Push/MENU/TUNE favorite pages:
knob to select the value 5. Press the / BACK button to go
between -15 and +15. 1. Press the Push/MENU/TUNE back to the System
button. Configuration menu.
Press the / BACK button to go 2. Select Radio Settings.
back to the Tone Settings menu.
3. Select Radio Favorites.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Radio Controls with System Settings To listen to a auto stored station:

Touchscreen Auto Volume 1. Select AM or FM.
The infotainment system is operated 2. Press the AS screen button.
This feature automatically adjusts
by using the pushbuttons, menus
the radio volume to compensate for 3. Press S or T repeatedly to
shown on the display, and steering
road and wind noise.
wheel controls. select the desired AS page.
The level of volume compensation
Turning the System On or Off 4. Press the desired preset
can be selected, or the feature can
station screen button.
O (Power) : Press and hold to turn be turned off.
the radio on and off. If AS is pressed with no stored
1. Press D. stations, AS will update.
Automatic Switch-Off
2. Select Settings. Audio Settings
If the infotainment system has been
3. Select Radio Settings. The audio settings can be set for
turned on after the ignition is turned
off, the system will turn off 4. Select Auto Volume. each radio band and each audio
automatically after 10 minutes. player source.
5. Select the setting by
Volume Control pressing S or T. Tone Settings : Press menu, then
tone settings from the AM or
z VOL y (Volume) : Press to 6. Press 4. FM menu.
increase or decrease the volume or
press the volume bar. Auto Store (AS) . EQ (Equalizer): Press S or T to
> (Mute) : Press z VOL y, then This feature automatically stores the select a sound style or turn off
stations with the strongest the sound style. When in tone
press > to mute and unmute the settings Manual and Talk may
system. reception.
be the only settings available
To store or update the stations, depending on the sound system.
press and hold the AS screen
button.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. Bass, Mid (Midrange), or Treble: 16 : Press to select preset
Press or + to change the
Radio stations.
desired sound style from 12
to +12. AM-FM Radio RDS (Radio Data System)
. Fader or Balance: Adjust the Radio Controls without The radio may have RDS. The RDS
front/rear or left/right speakers Touchscreen feature is available for use only on
by dragging the dot in the FM stations that broadcast RDS
The buttons used to control the information. This feature only works
vehicle image on the screen.
radio are: when the information from the radio
. Reset: Restore the settings back station is available. In rare cases, a
to default settings.
P /VOL : Press to turn the radio on
and off. radio station could broadcast
Press OK to exit Tone Settings. incorrect information that causes the
RADIO/BAND : Press to choose radio features to work improperly.
between AM, FM, and SiriusXM, If this happens, contact the radio
if equipped. station.
Push/MENU/TUNE Knob : Turn to While the radio is tuned to an
navigate the available menus. Turn FM-RDS station, the station name
to search for stations. or call letters display.
INFO : Press to display additional
information that may be available for
Radio Menus
the current song. Radio menus are available for AM
and FM.
SEEK : Press to search for the
next station. Turn the Push/MENU/TUNE knob to
open the main radio menu for
SEEK : Press to search for the that band.
previous station.
FAV : Press to open the favorites
list and select the favorites page.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Selecting a Band Station Lists 3. Select the programming type.

1. Turn the Push/MENU/ A list of stations that transmit
Press the RADIO/BAND button to
TUNE knob. programming of the selected
choose AM, FM, or SiriusXM,
type displays.
if equipped. The last station that 2. Select AM or FM Station List.
was playing starts playing again. All receivable stations in the 4. Select the station.
Selecting a Station current reception area are The category lists are updated
displayed. If a station list has when the station lists are
Seek Tuning not been created, an automatic updated.
If the radio station is not known: station search is done.
Updating Station and Category
3. The first station in the list Lists
Briefly press SEEK or SEEK to will play.
automatically search for the next If stations stored in the station list
available station. If a station is not Category Lists can no longer be received:
found, the radio switches to a more Most stations that broadcast an 1. Turn the Push/MENU/
sensitive search level. If a station RDS program type code specify the TUNE knob.
still is not found, the frequency that type of programming transmitted.
was last active begins to play. 2. Select Update AM or FM
Some stations change the program Station List, if the stations
If the radio station is known: type code depending on the stored in the station list are no
content. The system stores the RDS longer received. A station
Press and hold SEEK or SEEK stations sorted by program type in
until the station on the display is search will be completed and
the FM category list. the first station in the updated
reached, then release the button.
To search for a programming type list will play.
Favorites List determined by station: To cancel the station search, press
1. Turn the Push/MENU/ 1. Turn the Push/MENU/ the Push/MENU/TUNE button.
TUNE knob. TUNE knob.
2. Select Favorites List. 2. Select FM category list. A list
3. Select the station. of all available programming
types displays.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Storing a Favorite Station D (Home Page) : Press to enter Selecting an Auxiliary Device
Stations from all bands can be the Home Page.
stored in any order in the favorite RDS (Radio Data System)
pages.
The radio may have RDS. The RDS
Up to six stations can be stored in feature is available for use only on
each favorite page and the number FM stations that broadcast RDS
of available favorite pages can information. This feature only works
be set. when the information from the radio
Storing Stations station is available. In rare cases, a
radio station could broadcast
To store the station to a position in incorrect information that causes the Connect the auxiliary device to the
the list, press the corresponding radio features to work improperly. AUX input terminal. Play will begin
button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. If this happens, contact the radio when the system has finished
Retrieving Stations station. reading the information on the
While the radio is tuned to an device.
Press the FAV button to open a
favorite page or to switch to another FM-RDS station, the station name If the storage device is already
favorite page. Briefly press one of or call letters display. connected, press D, audio, Source
the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the
Selecting a Band R, select AUX from the drop
station. down menu.
Press D, audio, then Source R to
Radio Controls with Selecting a Station
choose AM, FM, or SiriusXM,
Touchscreen if equipped. The last station that Seek Tuning
Audio Source Menu was playing starts playing again.
If the radio station is not known:
z VOL y (Volume): Press to
increase or decrease the volume. Press g SEEK l to automatically
search for available radio stations.
O (Power) : Press and hold to turn
the system on and off.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Hold and drag to the left or right of Station List Update Station List
the radio station to automatically
search for available radio stations.
Manual Tuning
Continue pressing q TUNE r to
manually change the radio station.
Favorite List
. From the AM or FM menu, press . From the AM or FM menu, press

AM or FM station list on the update AM or FM station list on
screen. the screen. The broadcasting list
updating will begin.
. Press Q or R to scroll through
the list. Press on the station to . During the AM or FM
select it. broadcasting list update, press
Cancel to stop the updates.
Category List
. From the AM or FM menu, press Storing a Favorite Station
favorite list on the screen. . From the FM menu, press FM
category list on the screen. Stations from all bands can be
. Press Q or R to scroll through stored in any order in the favorite
the list. Press on the station to . Press Q or R to scroll through pages.
select it. the list. Press on the station to
Up to five stations can be stored in
select it.
each of the seven favorites pages.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Storing Stations Satellite Radio MENU/TUNE : Turn to go to the

To store the station to a position in next XM channel.
the list, press the corresponding
SiriusXM Satelite Radio
Service Storing a SiriusXM Channel
button 15 until a beep is heard.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Drivers are encouraged to set up
1. Select the desired station. XM channel favorites while the
based in the 48 contiguous United
2. Press S or T to select the States and 10 Canadian provinces. vehicle is not moving. Tune to
SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide favorite stations using the
desired page of saved
variety of programming and pushbuttons, favorites button, and
favorites.
commercial-free music, coast to steering wheel controls. See
coast, and in digital-quality sound. Defensive Driving 0 181.
A service fee is required to receive A maximum of 36 stations can be
the SiriusXM service. For more programmed as favorites using the
information, contact SiriusXM at six pushbuttons positioned below
www.siriusxm.com or the radio station frequency labels
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and and by using the radio favorites
www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079 page button (FAV button). Press the
(Canada). FAV button to go through up to six
pages of favorites, each having six
Finding a Channel favorite stations available per page.
3. Hold down any of the preset
buttons to save the current RADIO/BAND : Press to choose Each page of favorites can contain
radio station to that button of XM. The display will show the any combination of AM, FM, or XM
the selected favorites page. selection. channels. To store an XM channel
as a favorite:
To change a preset button, tune to SEEK : Press to seek the next
the new desired radio station and XM channel. 1. Tune in the desired channel.
hold the button. 2. Press and release the FAV
SEEK : Press to seek the
previous XM channel. button to display the page
where the channel is to be
stored.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
3. Press and hold one of the six Radio Reception FM Stereo

numbered pushbuttons until a
Frequency interference and static FM signals only reach about 16 to
beep sounds. When the
can occur during normal radio 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
pushbutton is pressed and
reception if items such as cell phone radio has a built-in electronic circuit
released, the channel that was
chargers, vehicle convenience that automatically works to reduce
set will return.
accessories, and external electronic interference, some static can occur,
4. Repeat Steps 13 for each XM devices are plugged into the especially around tall buildings or
channel to be stored as a accessory power outlet. If there is hills, causing the sound to fade in
favorite. interference or static, unplug the and out.
To set up the number of favorites item from the accessory power SiriusXM Satellite Radio
pages: outlet.
Service
1. Press and hold FAV until the AM SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
radio setup menu displays. gives digital radio reception from
The range for most AM stations is
2. Select the desired number of greater than for FM, especially at coast to coast in the 48 contiguous
favorites pages by pressing the night. The longer range can cause United States, and in Canada. Just
pushbutton located below the station frequencies to interfere with as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
displayed page numbers. each other. For better radio interfere with satellite radio signals,
3. Press FAV to return to the reception, most AM radio stations causing the sound to fade in and
original main radio screen boost the power levels during the out. In addition, traveling or standing
showing the radio frequency day, and then reduce these levels under heavy foliage, bridges,
tabs and to begin the process during the night. Static can also garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of programming favorites for occur when things like storms and of the SiriusXM signal for a period
the chosen number of power lines interfere with radio of time.
numbered pages. reception. When this happens, try
reducing the treble on the radio.
Cellular Phone Usage
Cellular phone usage may cause
interference with the vehicle's radio.
This interference may occur when
making or receiving phone calls,
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
charging the phone's battery, Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players

or simply having the phone on. This
interference causes an increased The multi-band antenna is on the
level of static while listening to the roof of the vehicle. The antenna is USB Port
radio. If static is received while used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar, The USB port, if equipped, is in the
listening to the radio, unplug the the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service storage area to the right of the
cellular phone and turn it off. System, and GPS (Global infotainment system. See Overview
Positioning System), if the vehicle (Radio with Touchscreen) 0 131 or
Satellite Radio Antenna has these features. Keep the Overview (AM-FM Radio) 0 129.
antenna clear of obstructions for
The XM Satellite Radio antenna is clear reception. Portable devices are controlled by
located on the roof of the vehicle. using the menu system described in
If the vehicle has a sunroof, the Operation 0 132.
Keep the antenna clear of
performance of the features listed
obstructions for clear radio
above may be affected if the
reception.
sunroof is open.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, the
performance of the XM system (if
equipped) may be affected if the
sunroof is open.
1. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) Auxiliary

Input Jack. See Auxiliary
Devices 0 144.
2. USB Port.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Radio with Touchscreen The USB port can play both lower To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, one end of the devices cable to the
The infotainment system can play
and .wav files stored on a USB iPod/iPhone and the other end to
music or movies by connecting an
storage device. the USB port.
auxiliary device to the USB port,
if equipped. USB Supported File and Folder The iPod/iPhone charges while it is
Structure connected to the vehicle if the
USB Supported Devices vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY
. USB Flash Drives The Infotainment system supports:
or ON/RUN position. When the
. Up to 2,500 folders. vehicle is turned off, the iPod/
. Devices that support Media
. Up to 10 folders in depth. iPhone automatically powers off and
Transfer Protocol (MTP)
will not charge or draw power from
. Portable USB Hard Drives . Up to 2,500 music files. the vehicle's battery.
. 2G-5G iPod nano . Up to 2,500 photo files. For more information on USB
. 1G-3G iPod touch . Up to 250 movie files. usage, see Audio System in
Pictures and Movies (Picture
. 120GB/160GB iPod classic . ID3 Tag (versions 1.0/1.1/2.2/ System) 0 170 or Pictures and
. 2.3/2.4). Movies (Movie System) 0 172 or
3G/3GS/4/4S iPhone
. FAT16. Pictures and Movies (Audio System)
Not all iPods and USB drives are 0 165.
compatible with the USB port. . FAT32.
Make sure the iPod has the latest . exFAT. Connecting an MTP USB
firmware from Apple for proper Device
operation. iPod firmware can be
Connecting a USB Storage
To connect a USB device, connect
updated using the latest iTunes Device or iPod/iPhone the device to the USB port.
application. See www.apple.com/ To connect a USB storage device,
itunes. Once the infotainment system
connect the device to the USB port.
finishes reading the information on
For help with identifying your iPod, the device it will be automatically
go to www.apple.com/support. played.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
If a non-readable device that Adjusting the Volume

supports MTP is connected, then an
error message will appear and the Turn the O /VOL knob to adjust the
infotainment system will be volume of the infotainment system
automatically switched to the after the volume level has been set
previous audio function. on the portable audio device.
All files may not play. File loading Radio with Touchscreen
may take a few minutes. An MTP The infotainment system can play
device that has external memory music or movies connected by the
may be recognized as USB1/USB2. auxiliary device.
Auxiliary Devices Play will begin when the system has
finished reading the information on
The optional AUX input allows 1. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) Auxiliary
the device.
portable devices to connect to the Input Jack
vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) 2. USB Port. See USB Port Playing Music
input jack. If equipped with a 0 142.
touchscreen radio, the AUX input Radio without Touchscreen
jack is in the storage area to the
right of the infotainment system. Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
If equipped with a non-touchscreen the auxiliary input jack to use a
radio, the AUX input is on the front portable audio player.
of the infotainment system. See Playback of an audio device that is
Overview (Radio with Touchscreen) connected to the 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
0 131 or Overview (AM-FM Radio) jack can only be controlled using
0 129. the controls on the device.
Portable devices are controlled by
using the menu system described in
Operation 0 132.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
To play the music from the device, iPhone 5 cell phones have a . display settings: Adjust the
if the device is already connected: connector that no longer supports brightness and contrast of
AUX connections to the radio. This the screen.
1. Press D. feature is limited to older versions of
2. Press audio. iPhone. 3. Press 4.
3. Press Source R. Using the AUX Movie Menu Bluetooth Audio
4. Press AUX/USB. Streaming Audio
To adjust the tone settings, see If equipped, music may be played
Tone Settings under Radio from a paired Bluetooth. See
Controls with Touchscreen in Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 153
Operation 0 132. or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 146 or
Playing Movies Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
0 147 for help pairing a device.
Movies are not available while
driving. The music can be controlled by
1. Press MENU from the AUX controls on the device.
If the USB storage device is already
movie screen. The AUX menu To play music via Bluetooth:
connected:
is displayed.
1. Power on the device, pair, and
1. Press D. 2. Press the desired menu. connect the device. The device
2. Press picture and movie. . tone settings: Adjust the will display GM Audio Source.
sound setup. See Tone
3. Press Source R. Settings under Radio
2. Once paired, press MEDIA to
select Bluetooth Audio.
4. Press USB (Movie). Controls with Touchscreen
in Operation 0 132. 3. Press the play button on the
For iPod/iPhone, connect the iPod/ device to begin playback.
iPhone to the AUX input terminal by . clock/temp display: To
using the AUX cable for iPod/ display the clock and
iPhone to play movie files. temperature on the full
screen, select On or Off.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
When selecting Bluetooth audio, the .

radio may not be able to launch the
Phone Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
audio player on the connected all cell phones. See Pairing in
device to start playing. When the Bluetooth (Overview) this section.
vehicle is not moving, choose the For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice
phone to begin playback. Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use
All devices launch audio differently. interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the
When selecting Bluetooth audio as allowing: address book or contact list. See
a source, the radio may show as . Placement and receipt of calls in Voice Pass-Thru in this
paused on the screen. Press play a hands-free mode. section.
on the device to begin playback. . See Storing and Deleting Phone
. Sharing of the cell phones
Some phones support sending address book or contact list with Numbers in this section.
Bluetooth music information to the vehicle.
display on the radio. When the radio
receives this information, it will To minimize driver distraction, { Warning
check to see if any album art is before driving, and with the vehicle
When using a cell phone, it can
available and display it. For more parked:
be distracting to look too long or
information about your phone and . Become familiar with the too often at the screen of the
supported Bluetooth features, see features of the cell phone. phone or the infotainment system.
www.gm.com/bluetooth. Organize the phone book and Taking your eyes off the road too
contact lists clearly and delete long or too often could cause a
duplicate or rarely used entries. crash resulting in injury or death.
If possible, program speed dial Focus your attention on driving.
or other shortcuts.
. Review the controls and
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
operation of the infotainment
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
system.
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
make and receive phone calls. The
infotainment system and voice
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
recognition are used to control the Infotainment System Controls Audio System
system. The system can be used If equipped, the infotainment system When using the Bluetooth system,
while in ON/RUN or ACC/ allows certain controls to be sound comes through the vehicle's
ACCESSORY. The range of the selected on the infotainment display. front audio system speakers and
Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
For information about how to overrides the audio system. Use the
(30 ft). Not all phones support all
functions and not all phones work navigate the menu system using the O /VOL knob during a call to
infotainment controls, see Operation change the volume level. The
with the Bluetooth system. See
0 132. adjusted volume level remains in
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
memory for later calls. The system
information about compatible 5 / > (Phone) : Press to enter the maintains a minimum volume level.
phones. Phone main menu.
Bluetooth Controls Other Information
Voice Recognition
The Bluetooth word mark and
Use the buttons located on the The voice recognition system uses logos are owned by the Bluetooth
infotainment system and the commands to control the system SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
steering wheel to operate the and dial phone numbers. by General Motors is under license.
Bluetooth system.
Noise : The system may not Other trademarks and trade names
Steering Wheel Controls recognize voice commands if there are those of their respective owners.
b / g (Press to Talk) : Press to is too much background noise. Do See Radio Frequency Statement
answer incoming calls, confirm not point the center air vents directly 0 328.
system information, and start voice upward.
recognition. When to Speak : A tone sounds to Bluetooth (Infotainment
$ / i (Mute/End Call) : Press to indicate that the system is ready for Controls)
end a call, reject a call, or cancel an a voice command. Wait for the tone
and then speak. For information about how to
operation.
navigate the menu system using the
How to Speak : Speak clearly in a infotainment controls, see Operation
calm and natural voice. 0 132.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Pairing . Pairing only needs to be If the phone list is more than 1,000,
completed once, unless the it may not download to the radio.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
pairing information on the cell
must be paired to the Bluetooth Pairing a Phone
phone changes or the cell phone
system and then connected to the
is deleted from the system. When there is no paired device on
vehicle before it can be used. See
. Only one paired cell phone can the infotainment system and the
your cell phone manufacturer's user
be connected to the Bluetooth Simple Secure Pairing (SSP) is
guide for Bluetooth functions before
system at a time. supported:
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls will be . If multiple paired cell phones are 1. Press D.
made using OnStar Hands-Free within range of the system, the
Calling, if available. See OnStar system connects to the first
Overview 0 332. available paired cell phone in the
Pairing Information order that they were first paired
to the system. To link to a
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 different paired phone, see
capability cannot be paired to Linking to a Different Phone
the vehicle as a phone and an later in this section.
MP3 player at the same time.
. Always accept the Phone book
. Up to five cell phones can be request on the initial pairing of
paired to the Bluetooth system. the phone. 2. Press telephone, then
. The pairing process is disabled press Yes.
When the Bluetooth device and
when the vehicle is moving. infotainment system are 3. Press Search Bluetooth
. Depending on the phone book successfully paired, the phone book Device.
entries, paring time may be is downloaded automatically. 4. Press the desired device to
different. However, the phone book may not pair on the searched list
be downloaded automatically screen.
according to the type of the phone.
In this case, proceed with the
phonebook download on phone.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
5. Press Yes on the pop-up 6. Press Search Bluetooth Pairing a Phone

screen of the Bluetooth device Device. When there is no paired device on
and infotainment system. 7. Press the desired device to the infotainment system and the
6. When the Bluetooth device and pair on the searched list SSP is not supported:
infotainment system are screen.
successfully paired, the 1. Press D.
8. Press Yes on the pop-up
telephone screen is displayed screen of the Bluetooth device
on the infotainment system. and infotainment system.
Pairing a Phone 9. When the Bluetooth device and
When a paired device is on the infotainment system are
infotainment system and the SSP is successfully paired, the 5 7
supported: is displayed on the "pair
device" screen.
1. Press D.
. The connected phone is
highlighted by 5. 2. Press telephone, then
press Yes.
. The 5 7 indicates the
hands-free and phone music 3. Press Search Bluetooth
function are enabled. Device.
4. Press the desired device to
. The 7 indicates only
pair on the searched list
hands-free function is enabled.
screen.
. The 5 indicates only Bluetooth 5. Input the PIN code (default:
2. Press settings. music is enabled. 1234) to the Bluetooth device.
3. Press connection settings. When the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are
4. Press bluetooth settings.
5. Press pair device.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
successfully paired, the 2. Press settings. Connecting a Bluetooth Device

telephone screen is displayed
on the infotainment system.
3. Press connection settings. 1. Press D.
4. Press bluetooth settings. 2. Select settings.
When the connection fails, a failure
message is displayed on the 5. Press pair device. 3. Press connection settings.
infotainment system. 6. Press Search Bluetooth 4. Press bluetooth settings.
If a Bluetooth device was previously Device.
connected, the infotainment system 5. Press pair device.
7. Press the desired device to
executes the auto connection. pair on the searched list 6. Press the device to be paired.
However, if the Bluetooth setting on screen. 7. Press OK.
the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
failure message is displayed on the 8. Input the PIN code (default: Checking the Bluetooth
infotainment system. 1234) to the Bluetooth device. Connection
When the Bluetooth device and
Pairing a Phone infotainment system are 1. Press D.
When a paired device is on the successfully paired, 5 7 is 2. Select settings.
infotainment system and the SSP is displayed on the pair device
not supported: screen. 3. Press connection settings.
. The connected phone is 4. Press bluetooth settings.
1. Press D.
highlighted by 5. 5. Press pair device.
6. The paired device will show
. The 5 7 indicates the
hands-free and phone music with 5 when connected.
function are enabled. Disconnecting the Bluetooth
. The 7 indicates only Device
hands-free function is enabled. 1. Press D.
. The 5 indicates only Bluetooth 2. Select settings.
music is enabled.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
3. Press connection settings. . From the cell phone or Bluetooth discontinued. Playing music from
4. Press bluetooth settings. device, find the Bluetooth device the car is not possible when
type to set/connect the item as a there are no music files stored in
5. Press pair device. stereo headset. the cell phone.
6. Press the name of the device . 5 will appear on the screen if . For Bluetooth music to play, the
to be disconnected. the stereo headset is music must be played at least
7. Press OK. successfully connected. once from the music player
mode of the cell phone or
Deleting a Paired Phone . The sound played by the Bluetooth device after
Bluetooth device is delivered connecting as a stereo headset.
1. Press D. through the infotainment system. After being played at least once,
2. Select settings. . Bluetooth music can be played the music player will
3. Press connection settings. only when a Bluetooth device automatically play upon entering
has been connected. To play play mode, and it will
4. Press bluetooth settings. Bluetooth music, connect the automatically stop when the
5. Press pair device. Bluetooth phone to the music player mode ends. If the
infotainment system. cell phone or Bluetooth device is
6. Press Delete. not in the waiting screen mode,
. If the Bluetooth device is
7. Press Yes. some devices may not
disconnected while playing automatically play in Bluetooth
Bluetooth Music phone music, the music is music play mode.
discontinued. The audio
Before playing Bluetooth music,
streaming function may not be
read the follow information.
supported in some Bluetooth
. A cell phone or Bluetooth device phones. Only one function can
that supports Advanced Audio be used at a time between the
Distribution Profile (A2DP) Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
versions over 1.2 must be music function. For example,
registered and connected to the if you convert to the Bluetooth
product. hands-free while playing Phone
music, the music is
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Playing Bluetooth Music Search Conditions that may occur when

playing Bluetooth music:
1. Press D. Press and hold g or l to fast
forward or rewind. . It takes some time to transmit
data from the cell phone to the
Playing a File Repeatedly infotainment system.
Press v during playback. . If the cell phone or Bluetooth
device is not in the waiting
. 1: Plays the current file screen mode, it may not
repeatedly. automatically play despite being
. ALL: Plays all files repeatedly. carried out from the Bluetooth
. OFF: Returns to normal music play mode.
playback. . The infotainment system
2. Press audio. transmits the order to play from
This function may not be supported
3. Press source R. depending on the cell phone. the cell phone in the Bluetooth
music play mode. If this is done
4. Press Bluetooth, then select Playing a File Randomly in a different mode, then the
the connected Bluetooth music device transmits the order to
play mode. Press u during playback. stop. Depending on the cell
Pause . NO: Plays all files repeatedly. phones options, this order to
play/stop may take time to
. OFF: Returns to normal
Press r j to pause. playback.
activate.
Press r j again to resume. . If the Bluetooth music playback
This function may not be supported is not functioning, then check to
Skipping the Previous or Next File depending on the cell phone. see if the cell phone is in the
Do not change the track too quickly waiting screen mode.
Press g or l to select the when playing Bluetooth music.
previous or next file. . Sounds may be cut off during
the Bluetooth music playback.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. The infotainment system outputs Pairing Information Pairing a Phone
the audio from the cell phone or . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
Bluetooth device as it is 1. Press b / g. The system
capability can be paired to the responds Ready, followed by
transmitted. vehicle as a phone and an MP3 a tone.
player at the same time.
Bluetooth (Voice 2. Say Bluetooth. This command
. Up to five cell phones can be can be skipped.
Recognition) paired to the Bluetooth system.
3. Say Pair. The system
Using Voice Recognition . The pairing process is disabled responds with instructions and
To use voice recognition, press the when the vehicle is moving. a four-digit Personal
b / g button located on the steering . Pairing only needs to be Identification Number (PIN).
wheel. Use the commands below for completed once, unless the The PIN is used in Step 5.
the various voice features. For pairing information on the cell 4. Start the pairing process on the
additional information, say "Help" phone changes or the cell phone cell phone that you want to
while you are in a voice is deleted from the system. pair. For help with this process,
recognition menu. . Only one paired cell phone can see your cell phone
Pairing be connected to the Bluetooth manufacturer's user guide.
system at a time. 5. Locate the device named Your
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth . If multiple paired cell phones are Vehicle in the list on the cell
system and then connected to the within range of the system, the phone. Follow the instructions
vehicle before it can be used. See system connects to the first on the cell phone to enter the
your cell phone manufacturer's user available paired cell phone in the PIN provided in Step 3. After
guide for Bluetooth functions before order that they were first paired the PIN is successfully entered,
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth to the system. To link to a the system prompts you to
phone is not connected, calls will be different paired phone, see provide a name for the paired
made using OnStar Hands-Free Connecting to a Different cell phone. This name will be
Calling, if available. See OnStar Phone later in this section. used to indicate which phones
Overview 0 332. are paired and connected to
the vehicle. The system
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
responds with <Phone name> 2. Say Bluetooth. Storing and Deleting Phone
has been successfully paired 3. Say Delete. The system asks Numbers
after the pairing process is for which phone to delete.
complete. The system can store up to 30
4. Say the name of the phone you phone numbers as name tags in the
6. Repeat Steps 15 to pair want to delete. Hands-Free Directory that is shared
additional phones. between the Bluetooth and OnStar
Connecting to a Different Phone systems.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones To connect to a different cell phone, The following commands are used
the Bluetooth system looks for the to delete and store phone numbers.
The system can list all cell phones next available cell phone in the
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is order in which all available cell Store : This command will store a
also connected to the vehicle, the phones were paired. Depending on phone number, or a group of
system responds with is connected which cell phone you want to numbers as a name tag.
after that phone name. connect to, you may have to use Digit Store : This command allows
1. Press b / g. The system this command several times. a phone number to be stored as a
responds Ready, followed by name tag by entering the digits one
1. Press b / g. The system at a time.
a tone. responds Ready, followed by
2. Say Bluetooth. a tone. Delete : This command is used to
delete individual name tags.
3. Say List. 2. Say Bluetooth.
Delete All Name Tags : This
Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say Change phone. command deletes all stored name
If the phone name you want to . If another cell phone is tags in the Hands-Free Calling
delete is unknown, see Listing All found, the response will be Directory and the Destinations
Paired and Connected Phones. <Phone name> is now Directory.
connected.
1. Press b / g. The system Using the Store Command
. If another cell phone is not
responds Ready, followed by 1. Press b / g. The system
a tone. found, the original phone
remains connected. responds Ready, followed by
a tone.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
2. Say Store. directions given by the system Using the List Command
to save a name tag for this
3. Say the phone number or
number. 1. Press b / g. The system
group of numbers you want to responds Ready, followed by
store all at once with no Using the Delete Command a tone.
pauses, then follow the
directions given by the system 1. Press b / g. The system 2. Say Directory.
to save a name tag for this responds Ready, followed by 3. Say Hands-Free Calling.
number. a tone.
4. Say List.
Using the Digit Store Command 2. Say Delete.
3. Say the name tag you want to
Making a Call
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say delete. Calls can be made using the
Clear at any time to clear the last following commands.
Using the Delete All Name Tags
number. Command Dial or Call : The dial or call
To hear all of the numbers command can be used
This command deletes all stored interchangeably to dial a phone
recognized by the system, say name tags in the Hands-Free
Verify at any time. number or a stored name tag.
Calling Directory and the
Destinations Directory. Digit Dial : This command allows a
1. Press b / g. The system
phone number to be dialed by
responds Ready, followed by To delete all name tags: entering the digits one at a time.
a tone.
1. Press b / g. The system Re-dial : This command is used to
2. Say Digit Store. responds Ready, followed by dial the last number used on the cell
3. Say each digit, one at a time, a tone. phone.
that you want to store. After 2. Say Delete all name tags. Using the Dial or Call
each digit is entered, the
Listing Stored Numbers Command
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone. After The list command will list all stored 1. Press b / g. The system
the last digit has been entered, numbers and name tags. responds Ready, followed by
say Store, and then follow the a tone.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
2. Say Dial or Call. To hear all of the numbers Once connected, the person called
3. Say the entire number without recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio
pausing or say the name tag. Verify at any time. speakers.
Once connected, the person called 1. Press b / g. The system Receiving a Call
will be heard through the audio responds Ready, followed by When an incoming call is received,
speakers. a tone. the audio system mutes and a ring
Calling 911 Emergency Number 2. Say Digit Dial. tone is heard in the vehicle.
1. Press b / g. The system

3. Say each digit, one at a time, . Press b / g to answer the call.
that you want to dial. After
responds Ready, followed by each digit is entered, the . Press $ / i to ignore a call.
a tone. system repeats back the digit it
2. Say Dial or Call. heard followed by a tone. After Call Waiting
3. Say 911. the last digit has been entered, Call waiting must be supported on
say Dial. the cell phone and enabled by the
4. Say Dial or Call. wireless service carrier.
Once connected, the person called
Using the Digit Dial Command will be heard through the audio . Press b / g to answer an
The digit dial command allows a speakers. incoming call when another call
phone number to be dialed by Using the Re-dial Command is active. The original call is
entering the digits one at a time. placed on hold.
After each digit is entered, the 1. Press b / g. The system
system repeats back the digit it responds Ready, followed by . Press b / g again to return to
heard followed by a tone. a tone. the original call.
If an unwanted number is 2. After the tone, say Re-dial. . To ignore the incoming call, no
recognized by the system, say The system dials the last action is required.
Clear at any time to clear the last number called from the . Press $ / i to disconnect the
number. connected cell phone.
current call and switch to the call
on hold.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Three-Way Calling Transferring a Call Voice Pass-Thru

Three-way calling must be Audio can be transferred between Voice pass-thru allows access to the
supported on the cell phone and the Bluetooth system and the cell voice recognition commands on the
enabled by the wireless service phone. cell phone. See the cell phone
carrier. The cell phone must be paired and manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
1. While on a call, press b / g. connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be To access contacts stored in the cell
2. Say Three-way call. transferred. The connection process phone:
3. Use the dial or call command can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN. 1. Press b / g. The system
to dial the number of the third
party to be called. responds Ready, followed by
To Transfer Audio from the a tone.
4. Once the call is connected, Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
2. Say Bluetooth. This command
press b / g to link all callers During a call with the audio in the can be skipped.
together. vehicle:
3. Say Voice. The system
Ending a Call 1. Press b / g. responds OK, accessing
<phone name>.
Press $ / i to end a call. 2. Say Transfer Call.
The cell phone's normal prompt
Muting a Call To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth messages will go through their cycle
System from a Cell Phone according to the phone's operating
During a call, all sounds from inside
the vehicle can be muted so that the During a call with the audio on the instructions.
person on the other end of the call cell phone, press b / g. The audio Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
cannot hear them. transfers to the vehicle. If the audio (DTMF) Tones
does not transfer to the vehicle, use
To mute a call, press b / g , and the audio transfer feature on the cell The Bluetooth system can send
then say Mute Call. phone. See the cell phone numbers and the numbers stored as
manufacturer's user guide. name tags during a call. You can
To cancel mute, press b / g , and use this feature when calling a
then say Un-mute Call.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
menu-driven phone system. Hands-Free Phone Use the buttons on the infotainment
Account numbers can also be system and the steering wheel to
stored for use. General Information with operate the Hands-Free Phone
Touchscreen system.
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone Steering Wheel Controls
system can use a Bluetooth-capable
1. Press b / g. The system cell phone with a hands-free profile
Steering wheel controls can be
responds Ready, followed by used to:
to make and receive phone calls.
a tone. The infotainment system and voice . Answer incoming calls.
2. Say Dial. control are used to operate the . Confirm system information.
system. Not all phones support all
3. Say the number or name tag functions and not all phones work . End a call.
to send. with the Hands-Free Phone system. . Decline a call.
Clearing the System Hands-Free Phone Controls . Cancel an operation.
Unless information is deleted out of . Make outgoing calls using the
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it call list.
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all saved name tags in the b / g (Press to Talk) : Press to
phone book and phone pairing answer incoming calls and to
information. For information on how confirm system information. Press
to delete this information, see the and hold for two to three seconds to
previous sections on deleting a access the call list.
paired phone and deleting $ / i (Mute/End Call) : Press to
name tags. end a call, decline a call, or cancel
an operation.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Making a Call by Entering a Phone 2. Press 0 again to switch back To decline the call, press $ / i on
Number to hands-free. the steering wheel controls or press
Reject on the screen.
Turning the Microphone On
and Off Using the Phone Book Menu
Press 3 to turn the microphone on 1. Press Phone Book on the
or off. telephone screen.
Calling by Redial 2. Press Q or R to scroll through

the list.
To call by using redial:
3. Select the phone book entry
. Press b / g on the steering to call.
1. Enter the phone number using wheel controls to display the
the keypad on the telephone redial guidance screen. 4. Press the number to dial.
screen. Searching for Phone Book Entries
. Press and hold 5 on the
2. Press 5 on the screen or b/ telephone screen. 1. Press Phone Book on the
g on the steering wheel Redialing is not possible when there
telephone screen.
controls.
is no call history. 2. Press 9 on the phone book
If a wrong number is entered, press screen.
} to delete the number one digit at Taking Calls
3. Use the keypad to input the
a time, or press and hold } to When a phone call comes through
name to search. For details,
delete all digits of the number. the connected Bluetooth cell phone,
the playing track will be cut off and see Searching for a Name
Switching a Call to the Cell Phone the phone will ring with the relevant following.
(Private Mode) information displayed. 4. Select the phone book entry
To switch the call from the cell to call.
Press b / g on the steering wheel
phone to hands-free: 5. Press the number to dial.
controls or press Accept on the
1. Press 0. screen.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
When the Bluetooth device and 4. Press (wxy) to select the fourth Downloadable
infotainment system are character.
successfully paired, the phone book
Making a Call from Call History
Applications
will download. Some phones may
not download automatically. If this 1. Press Call History on the Smartphone Link
happens, connect it again or telephone screen.
proceed with the phone book
(Overview)
2. Press one of the following for:
download on the phone. Before Using Smartphone Link
Always accept the phone book . 2 Dialed calls. If equipped, the vehicle can connect
request on the initial pairing of the . 4 Missed calls. to Pandora, Stitcher SmartRadio,
phone. or other available applications
Searching for a Name
. 9 Received calls. through the infotainment system.
3. Select the phone book entry The applications must be
Select characters by using the downloaded to the device first, then
keypad on the phone book screen. to call.
the device can be connected to the
As characters are selected, the Making a Call with Speed Dial infotainment system.
names that include those characters Numbers
will display on the phone book Pandora is a free Internet radio
screen. As more characters of the Press and hold the speed dial service that streams personalized
name are entered, the list of number using the keypad on the radio stations based on artists,
possible names is shortened. telephone screen. songs, genres, and comedians.
Only speed dial numbers already Create stations using the Pandora
To search for the name Alex: website or smartphone application,
stored on the cell phone can be
1. Press (abc) to select the first used for speed dial calls. Up to then use - (thumbs up) or ,
character. two-digit speed dial numbers are (thumbs down) to personalize
2. Press (jkl) to select the second supported. stations. To set up an account, or for
character. more information, go to
For two-digit speed dial numbers,
www.pandora.com. Pandora may
3. Press (def) to select the third press and hold the second digit to
not be available in Canada or
character. make a call to the speed dial
Mexico.
number.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Stitcher SmartRadio is an Internet iPod/iPhone Error Messages and Connecting Application Error
radio service that streams news, Solutions If the infotainment system fails to
sports, and entertainment shows If the system fails to activate the activate the application on the
through the audio system. Create application on the iPod/iPhone smartphone connected through
personalized, on-demand stations or connected, an error message is Bluetooth wireless technology, the
discover new shows through displayed as, Unable to start error message is displayed as,
Stitcher's preset stations. To set up application, possible reasons. Connecting application failed.
an account, download the
application from the Android Market . Your iPhone is locked. To . Reset all settings related to the
or iTunes Store, or go to resolve, unlock the iPhone. phone, then touch the desired
www.stitcher.com. . You have another active application menu on the
application open. To resolve, infotainment system.
A phone or tablet with Internet
connection and the application close the other active . Reconnect the smartphone and
installed is required. Personal cell application. infotainment system through
phone data plans are used. Make . You have not installed the Bluetooth wireless technology,
sure the latest version is installed application on your iPhone. To then touch the desired
on the device and the volume is resolve, install the application on application menu on the
turned up. the iPhone. infotainment system.
Smartphone Supported by . When the application is stopped
iOS Version Error
Application on the smartphone, it usually
If the iOS version of the iPhone is takes time to return to normal
To use Applications: less than 4.0, the error message is operation. Try to activate the
. Connect an iPod/iPhone using displayed as, Your iPhone does not application after 1020 seconds.
the USB port. allow this application to be opened
on a USB connection. Please refer To switch to another application
. Connect Andriod phones while playing an application and
to owners manual.
through Bluetooth. connected through the USB port,
. Activate the application on your touch HOME on the iPod/iPhone,
iPhone, then touch the desired then touch the application icon on
application menu on the the infotainment system.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Switching Between a USB 3. Touch SETTINGS. 4. Touch D to play the

Connected Device and a 4. Touch the desired application application through the
Bluetooth Device icon to hide or display it on the infotainment system. The
When the iPhone is connected to smartphone link menu. smartphone link menu is
the infotainment system through the displayed.
5. Touch OK.
USB port, and the infotainment 5. Touch the application icon.
system is connected to another If the activated application is on the
phone through Bluetooth wireless smartphone link menu, the ^ is 6. The application screen is
technology, touch iPhone or activated in the upper position of the displayed.
bluetooth phone on the smartphone HOME menu or playing screen.
list menu to switch between the two Smartphone Link
Connecting an Application
applications. (Pandora)
Displaying or Hiding Application This section explains a general
Some images and explanations may
Icons operation. It may vary depending on
vary by phone operating systems,
the phone operation system,
To display or hide application icons versions, and/or application (App)
versions, and/or application
on the smartphone link menu: versions.
versions.
1. Touch D. To connect an application: Using Pandora
1. Install the application on the 1. Install the Pandora application
2. Touch ^ smartphone link. on the smartphone.
smartphone from Appstore or
Playstore. 2. Connect the smartphone to the
2. Connect the smartphone to the infotainment system through
infotainment system through the USB port or Bluetooth
the USB port or Bluetooth. wireless technology.
. iPhone: USB port . iPhone: USB connection.
. Android phone: Bluetooth . Android phone/BlackBerry
phone: Bluetooth wireless
3. Activate the application. technology.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
3. Activate the Pandora Pause Creating Stations by Searching

application. by Artist or Track
. Press j to pause.
4. Press D. 1. Press MENU. The Pandora
. Press r to resume. menu is displayed.
5. Press ^ smartphone link.
Changing Tracks 2. Press create station.
Press l to change to the next 3. Press enter artist/track. The

keypad is displayed.
track.
4. Enter the artist or track name
Bookmark using the keypad, then press
To bookmark a favorite artist or Create.
track: 5. Press the desired station. The
1. Press S on the screen. station is added into the
Pandora menu automatically.
2. Press Artist or Track.
6. Press Pandora. Listening to Stations
Pandora Menus
If the smartphone is not connected 1. Press MENU. The Pandora
to the infotainment system or the Creating Stations from Currently menu is displayed.
application is not installed on the Playing Music
2. Press Q or R to scroll through
smartphone, the Pandora menu is 1. Press MENU. The Pandora
not activated. the list. Select the desired
menu is displayed. station.
Thumbs Up and Thumbs Down 2. Press create station.
QuickMix
Rate tracks by using - (thumbs up) 3. Press from currently playing.
1. Press MENU. The Pandora
or , (thumbs down). 4. Press Artist or Track. menu is displayed.
5. Press the desired station. The 2. Press QuickMix Z to listen to
station is added into the a selection of tracks from your
Pandora menu automatically. stations.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Tone Settings . Android phone/BlackBerry Thumbs Up and Thumbs Down

phone: Bluetooth wireless
1. Press MENU. The Pandora
technology. Rate tracks by using - (thumbs up)
menu is displayed.
or , (thumbs down).
2. Press tone settings. The tone 3. Activate the Stitcher
settings menu is displayed. application. Pause
See Tone Settings under 4. Press D. . Press j to pause.
Radio Controls with
Touchscreen in Operation 5. Press ^ smartphone link. . Press r to resume.
0 132.
Changing Stations
Smartphone Link Press l to change to the next
(Stitcher) station.
Some images and explanations may Saving Favorites
vary by phone operating systems,
To save a station as a favorite,
versions, and/or application (App)
versions. press q on the stitcher screen.
Using Stitcher Stitcher Menus

6. Press Stitcher.
1. Install the Stitcher application The Stitcher Station menu displays
on the smartphone. If the smartphone is not connected available station data from the
to the infotainment system or the Stitcher server.
2. Connect the smartphone to the application is not installed on the
infotainment system through 1. Press MENU. The Stitcher
smartphone, the Stitcher menu is
the USB port or Bluetooth Station menu is displayed.
not activated.
wireless technology. 2. Press Q or R to scroll through
. iPhone: USB connection. the list. Select the desired
station.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Tone Settings .
Bluetooth Phone/ To display album title, track title,
and artist information, the file
1. Press MENU. The Stitcher
menu is displayed.
Devices should be compatible with the
ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
2. Press tone settings. The tone Pictures and Movies
settings menu is displayed. Using USB Storage Devices and
See Tone Settings under (Audio System) iPod/iPhone
Radio Controls with The infotainment system can play . Use a USB or flash memory type
Touchscreen in Operation the music files contained in the USB storage device. Do not connect
0 132. storage device or iPod/iPhone using a USB adaptor.
products. . Do not connect and reconnect
Audio System Information the USB device repeatedly in a
short time, as this may cause
Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files static electricity and problems
. Music files with .mp3, .wma, using the device.
.ogg, and .wav file name . Use a USB device with a metal
extensions can be played. connecting terminal.
. MP3 files that can be played are: . Connection with i-Stick Type
Bit rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps - USB storage devices may be
Sampling frequency: 48 kHz, faulty due to vehicle vibration.
44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05
kHz, and 16 kHz. . Do not touch the USB
connecting terminal.
. Files with a bit rate above
128 kbps will result in higher . Only USB storage devices
quality sound. formatted in FAT16/32, exFAT
file system are recognized.
. ID3 Tag information for MP3 NTFS and other file systems are
files, such as the album name not recognized.
and the artist, can be played.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. The time it takes to process files . USB storage devices can only supported, but will only display
will depend on the USB storage be connected for playing music/ up to 2,500 files on the screen in
device type and capacity, and movies, viewing photo files, alphabetical order.
the type of files stored. or upgrading. . Some iPod/iPhone product
. Some USB storage device files . Do not use the USB terminal to models may not support the
may not be compatible. charge USB accessory connectivity or functionality of
. Up to two USB devices and one equipment. The heat generated this product.
iPod can be played through a may cause performance issues . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
USB hub. All devices may not be or damage. with connection cables
supported, depending on the . Store files in the top-level drive supported by iPod/iPhone
performance of the USB hub. of the USB storage device. products. Other connection
If there is not enough power When the logical drive is cables cannot be used.
supply, it may not operate separated from the device, only . The iPod/iPhone may be
normally. the USB music files from the damaged if it is connected to the
. Do not disconnect the USB top-level logical drive can be vehicle with the ignition on.
storage device while it is playing. played. Music files stored on When not in use, disconnect the
This may cause damage to the USB storage devices may not iPod/iPhone.
product or affect the play normally if an application is
loaded by partitioning a separate . When the iPod/iPhone is
performance of the USB device. connected to the USB port by
drive.
. Disconnect the USB storage using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
. Music files to which Digital Right
device when the ignition is Bluetooth music is not
turned off. If the ignition is turned Management (DRM) is applied supported.
on while the USB device is cannot be played.
. Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
connected, the USB device may . USB storage device capacity USB port by using the iPod/
be damaged or may not operate limit is 2,500 music files, 2,500 iPhone cable to play the music
normally. photo files, 250 movie files, files. When the iPod/iPhone is
2,500 folders, and 10 stages of connected to the AUX input
folder structure. The iPod/iPhone
can play all music files
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
terminal, the music file will play, . Play will start automatically after To stop the USB device and select
but cant be controlled by the the system has finished reading another media source, press
infotainment system. the USB device. SourceR, then select the other
. The iPod/iPhone playback . If a non-readable USB device is source.
functions and the information connected, an error message To remove the USB device, select
displayed may be different when displays and the system will another function, then remove the
played on the infotainment switch to the previous audio USB device.
system. function.
Pause
. Press j to pause.
. Press r to resume.
Changing to Next/Previous Files
. Press l to change to the
next file.
. Press g within five seconds of
. Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already the playback time to play the
classification items related to the connected: previous file.
search function provided by the
iPod/iPhone. . Press D. Returning to the Beginning of the
Current File
USB Player . Press audio.
Press g after five seconds of the
Playing Music from a USB Device . Press SourceR. playback time.
. Connect the USB device to the . Press USB. Scanning Forward or Backward
USB port.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Press and hold g or l during . Incorrect information cannot be Radio Controls with
playback to rewind or fast forward. modified or corrected on the Touchscreen in Operation
Release the button to resume infotainment system. 0 132.
playback at normal speed. . The information for songs Media Transfer Protocol (MTP)
Playing a File Repeatedly expressed in special symbols or
in unavailable languages may be This allows music files on a
Press v during playback. supported MTP devices to be
displayed as u. played.
. 1: Plays the current file Using the USB Music Menu Playing Music Files
repeatedly.
. Press MENU during playback. . Connect the supported device to
. ALL: Plays all files repeatedly.
the USB port.
. OFF: Returns to normal . After the infotainment system
playback.
reads the device, it will start
Playing a File Randomly to play.
Press u during playback. . If a non-readable USB device is
connected, an error message
. ON: Plays all files randomly. displays and the system will
. OFF: Returns to normal switch to the previous audio
playback. function.
. Press the play mode. Depending on the connected
Viewing Information on the
Currently Playing File Tone Settings device, some files may not play.
Press the title during playback to 1. Press R. File loading may take few minutes
display information about the current depending on the type of phone or
file playing. 2. Press tone settings. The Tone the number of file/folder stored in it.
Settings menu is displayed.
. The information displayed See Tone Settings under When the MTP device is connected,
includes the title, file name, the Infotainment system scans
folder name, and artist/album audio files first, then picture and
saved with the song.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
movie files. Picture and movie files . If a non-readable USB device is To remove the device, select
are not available even if the audio connected, an error message another function, then remove the
file in MTP device is played. displays and the system will device.
MTP device that has external switch to the previous audio Pause
memory may be recognized as function.
USB1/USB2. . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the . Press j to pause.
For other USB operations see USB USB port. . Press r to resume.
Port 0 142. . Play will start from the previously
Changing to Next/Previous Song
When a MTP device is connected played point after the system
and another app is running at the has finished reading the USB . Press l to change to the
same time, there may be a delay in device. next song.
the rear vision camera. . If a non-readable USB device is . Press g within two seconds of
connected, an error message
iPod/iPhone Player the playback time to play the
displays and the system will
previous file.
This feature is limited to models switch to the previous audio
supporting the iPod/iPhone function. Returning to the Beginning of the
connection. Current File
If the iPod/iPhone is already
Playing Music Files connected: Press g after two seconds of the
. Connect the iPod/iPhone to the 1. Press D. playback time.
USB port. Scanning Forward or Backward
. Play will start from the previously 2. Press e audio.
Press and hold g or l during
played point after the system 3. Press SourceR. playback to rewind or fast forward.
has finished reading the USB
4. Press iPod. Release the button to resume
device.
playback at normal speed.
To stop the device and select
another media source, press Playing a File Repeatedly
SourceR, then select the other Press v during playback.
source.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. 1: Plays the current file displayed as u. Picture System Information
repeatedly. Caution for Using Picture Files
Using the iPod Menu
. ALL: Plays all files repeatedly. . File size:
. Press MENU during playback.
. OFF: Returns to normal
. Press the appropriate JPG: Within 64 to 5,000 pixels
playback. (Width) and 64 to 5,000 pixels
play mode.
Playing a File Randomly (Height).
Tone Settings
Press u during playback. BMP, PNG, GIF: Within 64 to
1. Press R on the iPod menu. 1,024 pixels (Width) and 64 to
. NO: Plays all files randomly. 1,024 pixels (Height).
2. Press tone settings. The tone
. OFF: Returns to normal settings menu is displayed. . File extensions: .jpg, .bmp, .png,
playback. See Tone Settings under .gif. Animated .gif files are not
Viewing Information on the Radio Controls with supported.
Currently Playing Song Touchscreen in Operation . Some files may not operate due
0 132. to a different recording format or
Press the title during playback to
display information about the current the condition of the file.
song playing. Pictures and Movies
Viewing Pictures
. The information displayed (Picture System)
1. Connect the USB device to the
includes the title, file name, The infotainment system can view USB port.
folder name, and artist/album picture files stored on a USB
saved with the song. storage device and devices that
. Incorrect information cannot be support Media Transfer
modified or corrected on the Protocol (MTP).
. The information for songs
expressed in special symbols or
in unavailable languages may be
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
2. Press the screen to cancel the 2. Press the appropriate menu:

slide show during the slide . picture file list: lists all
show playback. picture files.
Viewing a Previous or Next . sort by title: shows pictures
Picture in title order.
Press t or u from the picture . sort by date: shows pictures
screen. in date order.
Rotating a Picture . slide show time: allows
2. Press the screen to open to full
selection of the slide show
screen. Press the screen again Press y or w from the picture interval.
to return to the previous screen.
screen. . clock/temp display: allows
Enlarging a Picture selection of On or Off to
If the USB device is already
show the clock and
connected: Press x from the picture screen. temperature on the full
1. Press D. Using the USB Picture Menu screen.
. display settings: adjusts for
2. Press G picture & movie. 1. Press MENU from the picture
screen. Brightness and Contrast.
3. Press Source R.
3. Press 4 to exit.
4. Press USB picture.
Some features are disabled while
the vehicle is in motion.
Viewing a Slide Show
1. From the picture screen, press
z. The slide show will start
to play.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Pictures and Movies wmv9: 3 Mbps 3. Press SourceR.

(Movie System) divx 3: 3 Mbps 4. Press USB movie.
The infotainment system can play divx 4/5/6: 4.8 Mbps Movie is not available while driving.
movie files stored on a USB storage xvid: 4.5 Mbps
device and devices that support Viewing a Slide Show
Media Transfer Protocol (MTP). . Max audio bitrate:
From the picture screen, press z.
mp3: 320 Kbps
Movie System Information . The slide show will start to play.
wma: 320 Kbps
Caution for Using Movie Files . Press the screen to cancel the
. Available resolution: Within 720 ac-3: 640 Kbps slide show during the slide show
x 576 (W x H) pixels. aac: 449 Kbps playback.
. Frame rate: Less than 30 fps. . Movie files to which Digital Right . The last played audio source will
Management (DRM) is applied play as background music
. Playable movie file: .avi, .mpg,
may not be played. during the slide show playback.
.mp4, .divx, .xvid, .wmv. The
playable movie file may not be Playing a Movie File Pause
played according to the codec
format.
1. Connect the USB device to the . Press j to pause.
USB port.
. Playable codec format: divx, . Press r to resume.
2. Press the screen to open to full
xvid, mpeg-1, mpeg-4 (mpg4,
screen. Press the screen again Changing to Next/Previous Movie
mp42, mp43), wmv9 (wmv3).
to return to the previous
. Playable Audio format: MP3, screen. . Press u to change to the
AC3, AAC, WMA. next file.
If the USB device is already
. Max video bitrate: connected: . Press t within five seconds of
mpeg-1: 8 Mbps the playback time to play the
1. Press D. previous file.
mpeg-4 (mpg4, mp42, mp43):
4 Mbps 2. Press G picture & movie.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Returning to the Beginning of the 2. Press the appropriate menu: If there is only one subtitle
Current Movie . movie file list: lists all movie language, it can be set to On/Off.
Press t after five seconds of the files. Audio Language
playback time. . clock/temp display: allows If the movie file has an audio
Scanning Forward or Backward selection of On or Off to language, it can be used.
show the clock and
Press and hold t or u during temperature on the full . Press q from the movie screen.
playback to rewind or fast forward. screen. . Press Z S or T on the pop-up
Release the button to resume . display settings: adjusts for screen.
playback at normal speed. Brightness and Contrast.
. Press r to close the pop-up
Viewing Full Screen . tone settings: shows the
screen.
sound setup. See Tone
Press t from the movie screen. An audio language can be set only
Settings under Radio
Press t again to return to the Controls with Touchscreen when supported by the DivX
previous screen. in Operation 0 132. movie file.
Using the USB Movie Menu 3. Press 4 to exit.
1. Press MENU from the movie Subtitle Language
screen.
If the movie file has a subtitle
language, it can be viewed.
. Press q from the movie screen.
. Press S or T on the pop-up
screen.
. Press r to close the pop-up
screen.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Trademarks and DivX, DivX Certified and Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
associated logos are trademarks of taxes, one time activation fee, and
License Agreements Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries other fees may apply. Subscription
and are used under license. fee is consumer only. All fees and
FCC Information programming subject to change.
See Radio Frequency Statement Subscriptions subject to Customer
0 328. Agreement available at
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM
Bluetooth service only available in the
The Bluetooth word mark and logos 48 contiguous United States and
are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Canada.
Inc. and any use of such marks by In Canada: Some deterioration of
General Motors is under license. Made for iPod and Made for
iPhone mean that an electronic service may occur in extreme
Other trademarks and trade names northern latitudes. This is beyond
are those of their respective owners. accessory has been designed to
connect specifically to iPod or the control of SiriusXM Satellite
iPhone and has been certified by Radio.
the developer to meet Apple It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
performance standards. disassemble, reverse engineer,
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of hack, manipulate, or otherwise
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in make available any technology or
the U.S. and other countries. software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM
DivX Certified to play DivX video,
Satellite Radio System or that
including premium content.
support the SiriusXM website, the
Covered by one or more of the Online Service or any of its content.
following U.S. patents: 7,295,673; Furthermore, the AMBER voice
7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274. compression software included in
this product is protected by
intellectual property rights including
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
patent rights, copyrights, and trade FreeType 2

secrets of Digital Voice Portions of this software are
Systems, Inc.
copyright 2007-2012 The
General Requirements: FreeType Project
1. A License Agreement from (www.freetype.org). All rights
SiriusXM is required for any reserved.
product that incorporates Libjpeg
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM The navigation software is based in
marks to be manufactured, part on the work of the independent
distributed, or marketed in the JPEG Group.
SiriusXM Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed, and/or sold in
Canada, a separate agreement
is required with Canadian
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
as XM Canada).
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
176 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control 7. Air Conditioning
Systems
Climate Control Systems These climate control systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 176 control the heating, cooling, and
ventilation for the vehicle.
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Maintenance
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Climate Control System with

Heater Only
1. Temperature Control
2. Fan Control
Climate Control System with 3. Air Delivery Mode Control
Heater and Air Conditioning 4. Rear Window Defogger
1. Temperature Control Temperature Control : Turn
2. Fan Control clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the
3. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature.
4. Driver and Passenger Heated A (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise
Seats (If Equipped) or counterclockwise to increase or
5. Recirculation decrease the fan speed. Turning the
6. Rear Window Defogger
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Climate Controls 177
fan control to 0 turns the fan off. The In defrost or defog mode, excessive Using these settings together for
fan must be turned on to run the air air conditioning use can cause the long periods of time may cause the
conditioning compressor. windows to fog. If this happens, air inside the vehicle to become too
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn change the air delivery mode to Y dry. To prevent this from happening,
clockwise or counterclockwise to and reduce the fan speed. after the air in the vehicle has
change the current airflow mode. cooled, turn the recirculation
# (Air Conditioning) : If equipped mode off.
Select from the following air delivery with air conditioning, follow these
modes: steps to use the system. Turn A to
M (Recirculation) : This mode
recirculates and helps to quickly
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the the desired speed. The air cool the air inside the vehicle. It can
instrument panel outlets. conditioning does not operate when be used to reduce the entry of
the fan control knob is in the off outside air and odors.
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided position. Press # to turn the air
between the instrument panel and Press the button to turn the
floor outlets. conditioning on and off. When # is recirculation mode on. An indicator
pressed, an indicator light comes on light comes on to show that the
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the to show that the air conditioning
floor outlets, with some air directed recirculation is on. Press the button
is on. again to return to outside air mode.
to the rear outlets.
For quick cool down on hot days: Using the recirculation mode for
W (Defog) : This mode clears the
windows of fog or moisture. Air is 1. Open the windows to let hot air extended periods may cause the
directed to the floor, windshield, and escape. windows to fog. If this happens,
side window outlets. select the defrost mode.
2. Press M.
1 (Defrost) : This mode clears the Max # is available when the air
windshield of fog or frost more 3. Press #. conditioning is selected and the
quickly. Air is directed to the 4. Select the coolest temperature. temperature is set to the coolest
windshield and side window outlets. setting while the outside air
Do not drive the vehicle until all 5. Select the highest A speed. temperature is warm. When Max #
windows are clear. is activated, the air inside the
vehicle is automatically recirculated,
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
178 Climate Controls
which helps to quickly cool the If equipped with heated outside Air Vents
vehicle. The recirculation indicator rearview mirrors, they turn on with
will not be lit. the rear window defogger and help Use the air vents located in the
to clear fog or frost from the surface center and on the side of the
To allow outside air to enter in these
of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors instrument panel to direct the
conditions, press the recirculation
0 39. airflow. Move the slats on the center
button twice. The recirculation
air vents to direct airflow.
indicator will not be lit.
Caution Turn the knobs on the side air vents
M or L (Heated Seats, If counterclockwise or clockwise to
Equipped) : Press to heat the driver Using a razor blade or sharp open or close off the airflow.
or passenger seat. See Heated object on the inside rear window
Front Seats 0 47. can damage the antenna or Operation Tips
Rear Window and Outside defogger. Repairs would not be . Clear away any ice, snow,
Mirror Defogger covered by the vehicle warranty. or leaves from the air inlets at
Do not stick anything to the rear the base of the windshield that
1 (Rear Window Defogger) : window. may block the flow of air into the
Press to turn the rear window and vehicle.
outside mirror defogger on or off. An
indicator light comes on to show . Use of non-GM approved hood
that the feature is on. deflectors may adversely affect
the performance of the system.
The rear window defogger can be
. Keep the path under the front
turned off by pressing 1 again or
seats clear of objects to help
by turning the ignition to ACC/ circulate the air inside the
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. vehicle more effectively.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Climate Controls 179
Maintenance
Air Intake
Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves
from the air intake at the base of the
windshield that can block the flow of
air into the vehicle.
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter removes dust, pollen, and 1. Open the glove box completely 3. Install the new air filter.
other airborne irritants from outside and pull it to remove.
air that is pulled into the vehicle. 4. Reinstall the air filter cover and
2. Remove the filter cover by glove box in reverse order.
The filter should be replaced as part unscrewing both sides of the
of routine scheduled maintenance. See your dealer if additional
cover. assistance is needed.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 302.
To find out what type of filter to use,
see Maintenance Replacement
Parts 0 312.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
180 Driving and Operating
Driving and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Parking over Things
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Operating That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Fuel
Driving Information Running the Vehicle While Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 California Fuel
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Automatic Transmission Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 215
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 198 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Filling a Portable Fuel
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 200 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 184 Brakes Trailer Towing
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 185 Antilock Brake General Towing
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 186 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Conversions and Add-Ons
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Add-On Electrical
Starting and Operating Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 203 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 190 Ride Control Systems
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Traction Control/Electronic
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Retained Accessory Cruise Control
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Shifting Into Park (Automatic
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Driver Assistance Systems
Shifting out of Park (Automatic Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 208
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Driving and Operating 181

.
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
Refer to the Infotainment section for
more information on using that
programming favorite radio system, including pairing and using
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate a cell phone.
Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings.
and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into Defensive Driving
task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to
driving. Defensive driving means always
judgment and do not let other
expect the unexpected. The first
activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked step in driving defensively is to wear
from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen the safety belt. See Safety Belts
governments have enacted laws to the floor. 0 50.
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Stop or park the vehicle to tend . Assume that other road users
your area. to children. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
. Keep pets in an appropriate other drivers) are going to be
To avoid distracted driving, always
carrier or restraint. careless and make mistakes.
keep your eyes on the road, hands
Anticipate what they might do
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations and be ready.
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone. . Allow enough following distance
demanding driving situations.
between you and the driver in
Use a hands-free method to
front of you.
place or receive necessary { Warning . Focus on the task of driving.
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
long or too often could cause a Drunk Driving
crash resulting in injury or death.
information on phones or other Death and injury associated with
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices. drinking and driving is a global
. Designate a front seat tragedy.
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Average driver reaction time is Steering

{ Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power
(66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required.
can have a serious or even include: If power steering assist is lost due
fatal collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle
drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require
of you. increased effort. See your dealer if
Do not drink and drive or ride with there is a problem.
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . If the steering wheel is turned until it
Keep pace with traffic.
with a group, designate a driver reaches the end of its travel and is
If the engine ever stops while the held against that position for an
who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake extended period of time, power
normally but do not pump the steering assist may be reduced.
Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
If the steering assist is used for an
pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating extended period of time, power
engine stops, there will be some
are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be assist may be reduced.
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. Normal use of the power steering
Once the power assist is used up, it assist should return when the
Braking can take longer to stop and the system cools down.
Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. See your dealer if there is a
time and reaction time. Deciding to problem.
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not
(ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
braking. skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
The vehicle may straighten out. Always drive slower in these types Hydroplaning
Be ready for a second skid if it of driving conditions and avoid
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
occurs. driving through large puddles and
can build up under the vehicle's
. Slow down and adjust your deep-standing or flowing water.
tires so they actually ride on the
driving according to weather water. This can happen if the road is
conditions. Stopping distance { Warning wet enough and you are going fast
can be longer and vehicle enough. When the vehicle is
control can be affected when Wet brakes can cause crashes. hydroplaning, it has little or no
traction is reduced by water, They might not work as well in a contact with the road.
snow, ice, gravel, or other quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could There is no hard and fast rule about
material on the road. Learn to
lose control of the vehicle. hydroplaning. The best advice is to
recognize warning clues such
slow down when the road is wet.
as enough water, ice, or packed After driving through a large
snow on the road to make a puddle of water or a car/vehicle Other Rainy Weather Tips
mirrored surface and slow wash, lightly apply the brake
down when you have any doubt. Besides slowing down, other wet
pedal until the brakes work weather driving tips include:
. Try to avoid sudden steering, normally. . Allow extra following distance.
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed Flowing or rushing water creates . Pass with caution.
by shifting to a lower gear. Any strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the . Keep windshield wiping
sudden changes could cause
vehicle to be carried away. If this equipment in good shape.
the tires to slide.
happens, you and other vehicle . Keep the windshield washer fluid
Remember: Antilock brakes help occupants could drown. Do not reservoir filled.
avoid only the braking skid.
ignore police warnings and be . Have good tires with proper
very cautious about trying to drive tread depth. See Tires 0 254.
Driving on Wet Roads through flowing water.
Rain and wet roads can reduce . Turn off cruise control.
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving

{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice
mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
good shape. overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the occur at about 0 C (32 F) when
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
engine running and the vehicle
tires, cooling system, and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
in gear.
transmission. until roads can be treated.
. Shift to a lower gear when going . For Slippery Road Driving:
Drive at speeds that keep the
down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to
{ Warning center line. spin and makes the surface
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick.
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See
can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic
reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road Stability Control 0 204.
could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System
Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the
brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 202.
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
clear roads in shaded areas. To save fuel, run the engine for
The surface of a curve or an Warning (Continued) short periods to warm the vehicle
overpass can remain icy when and then shut the engine off and
the surrounding roads are clear. carbon monoxide (CO), which partially close the window. Moving
Avoid sudden steering cannot be seen or smelled. It can about to keep warm also helps.
maneuvers and braking while cause unconsciousness and even
death. If it takes time for help to arrive,
on ice. when running the engine, push the
. Turn off cruise control. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: accelerator pedal slightly so the
. Clear snow from the base of engine runs faster than the idle
Blizzard Conditions speed. This keeps the battery
the vehicle, especially any
Stay with the vehicle unless there is blocking the exhaust pipe. charged to restart the vehicle and to
help nearby. If possible, use signal for help with the headlamps.
. Open a window about 5 cm Do this as little as possible, to
Roadside Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 322. To get (2 in) on the vehicle side save fuel.
help and keep everyone in the that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
vehicle safe: If the Vehicle Is Stuck
. Turn on the hazard warning . Fully open the air outlets on
Slowly and cautiously spin the
flashers. or under the instrument
wheels to free the vehicle when
panel.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
mirror. If stuck too severely for the traction
system to circulate the air
system to free the vehicle, turn the
inside the vehicle and set
{ Warning the fan speed to the highest
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
setting. See Climate
Snow can trap engine exhaust Control/Electronic Stability Control
Control Systems.
under the vehicle. This may 0 204.
cause exhaust gases to get For more information about CO,
inside. Engine exhaust contains see Engine Exhaust 0 197.
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
causes a rocking motion that could

{ Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get { Warning
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the Do not load the vehicle any
speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out, heavier than the Gross
or others could be injured. The see Towing the Vehicle 0 289. Vehicle Weight Rating
vehicle can overheat, causing an (GVWR), or either the
engine compartment fire or other Vehicle Load Limits maximum front or rear Gross
damage. Spin the wheels as little Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
as possible and avoid going It is very important to know how
This can cause systems to
above 56 km/h (35 mph). much weight the vehicle can
break and change the way the
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle handles. This could
vehicle capacity weight and
Rocking the Vehicle to Get cause loss of control and a
includes the weight of all
it Out crash. Overloading can also
occupants, cargo, and all
Turn the steering wheel left and reduce stopping distance,
nonfactory-installed options.
right to clear the area around the damage the tires, and shorten
Two labels on the vehicle may
front wheels. Turn off any traction the life of the vehicle.
show how much weight it may
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
properly carry: the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
as little as possible. To prevent the Certification label.
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Tire and Loading Information equipment tires (3) and the 3. Subtract the combined
Label recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and
pressures (4). For more passengers from XXX kg or
information on tires and inflation XXX lbs.
see Tires 0 254 and Tire 4. The resulting figure equals
Pressure 0 261. the available amount of
There is also important loading cargo and luggage load
information on the Certification capacity. For example, if the
label. It may show the Gross "XXX" amount equals
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) 1400 lbs. and there will be
and the Gross Axle Weight five 150 lb passengers in
Rating (GAWR) for the front and your vehicle, the amount of
rear axle. See Certification available cargo and luggage
Label Example Label later in this section. load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle-specific Tire and (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
Steps for Determining Correct
Loading Information label is 650 lbs.)
Load Limit
attached to the vehicle's center 5. Determine the combined
1. Locate the statement "The
pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and weight of luggage and cargo
combined weight of
Loading Information label shows being loaded on the vehicle.
occupants and cargo should
the number of occupant seating That weight may not safely
never exceed XXX kg or
positions (1), and the maximum exceed the available cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicles
vehicle capacity weight (2) in and luggage load capacity
placard.
kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4.
2. Determine the combined
The Tire and Loading 6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of the driver and
Information label also shows the a trailer, load from your
passengers that will be
tire size of the original trailer will be transferred to
riding in your vehicle.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
your vehicle. Consult this 3. Available Occupant and

manual to determine how Cargo Weight = 317 kg
this reduces the available (700 lbs).
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.
This vehicle is neither designed
nor intended to tow a trailer.
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 3 = 453 kg
Example 2
(1,000 lbs).
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 2. Subtract Occupant
for Example 2 = 453 kg Weight @ 91 kg
(1,000 lbs). (200 lbs) 5 = 453 kg
Example 1 (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) 3. Available Cargo Weight
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). = 0 kg (0 lbs).
for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
2. Subtract Occupant = 113 kg (250 lbs). Loading Information label for
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) specific information about the
2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
weight of the driver, passengers, Starting and

and cargo should never exceed { Warning
the vehicle's capacity weight. Operating
Things inside the vehicle can
Certification Label strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
Caution
. Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the The vehicle does not need an
cargo area, put them as elaborate break-in. But it will
far forward as possible. perform better in the long run if
Try to spread the weight you follow these guidelines:
evenly. . Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
. Never stack heavier for the first 805 km (500 mi).
things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle
inside the vehicle so that starts. Avoid downshifting to
Label Example some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle.
A vehicle-specific Certification the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for
label is attached to the vehicle's . Do not leave an the first 322 km (200 mi) or
center pillar (B-pillar). The label unsecured child restraint so. During this time the new
may show the gross weight in the vehicle. brake linings are not yet
capacity of the vehicle, called broken in. Hard stops with
. Secure loose items in the new linings can mean
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The GVWR includes vehicle. premature wear and earlier
. replacement. Follow this
the weight of the vehicle, all Do not leave a seat
occupants, fuel, and cargo. folded down unless (Continued)
needed.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift

Caution (Continued) OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, to P (Park) with an automatic
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ transmission, or Neutral with a
breaking-in guideline every OFF to turn the engine off. manual transmission. Turn the
time you get new brake ignition to LOCK/OFF.
linings. This position locks the ignition and
transmission. The steering wheel 4. Set the parking brake. See
Following break-in, engine speed may also lock, if equipped. Parking Brake 0 202.
and load can be gradually
increased. Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a { Warning
loss of power assist in the brake
Ignition Positions and steering systems and disable Turning off the vehicle while
the airbags. moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
If the vehicle must be shut off in an systems and disable the airbags.
emergency: While driving, only shut the
1. Brake using a firm and steady vehicle off in an emergency.
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
increased brake pedal force. and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition to ACC/
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). ACCESSORY.
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting Caution
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
The ignition switch has four different brakes and steer the vehicle to Using a tool to force the key to
positions. a safe location. turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN and the regular (Continued)
brake pedal applied.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
start the vehicle if the battery is

Caution (Continued) allowed to drain for an extended Caution
period of time.
key. Use the correct key, make Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
sure it is all the way in, and turn it 3 (START) : This is the position that vehicle is moving. If you do, you
only with your hand. If the key starts the engine. When the engine could damage the transmission.
cannot be turned by hand, see starts, release the key. The ignition Shift to P (Park) only when the
your dealer. switch returns to ON/RUN for vehicle is stopped.
driving.
A warning tone will sound when the
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This is the
position in which things like the driver door is opened, the ignition is
in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ Caution
radio and the windshield wipers can
be operated when the engine is off. OFF, and the key is in the ignition.
If the ignition becomes difficult to If you add electrical parts or
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be turn, see Keys 0 25. accessories, you could change
used to operate the electrical the way the engine operates. Any
accessories and to display some Starting the Engine resulting damage would not be
instrument cluster warning and covered by the vehicle warranty.
indicator lights. This position can Automatic Transmission See Add-On Electrical Equipment
also be used for service and 0 217.
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
diagnostics, and to verify the proper N (Neutral). To restart the engine
operation of the malfunction when the vehicle is already moving,
indicator lamp as may be required
Manual Transmission
use N (Neutral) only.
for emission inspection purposes. The shift lever should be in Neutral
The switch stays in this position and the parking brake engaged.
when the engine is running. Hold the clutch pedal to the floor
If you leave the key in the ACC/ and start the engine.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
with the engine off, the battery could
be drained. You may not be able to
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Starting Procedure If the weather is below freezing

(0 C or 32 F), let the engine
1. With your foot off the
run for a few minutes to
accelerator pedal, turn the
warm up.
ignition to START. When the
engine cranks, let go of the 3. If the engine still will not start,
key. The idle speed will go or starts but then stops, it could
down as the engine gets warm. be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
Caution accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there as
Holding the key in START for you hold the key in START for
longer than 15 seconds at a time about three seconds. If the
will cause the battery to be vehicle starts briefly but then 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
drained much sooner. And the stops again, do the same thing, electrical cord. The cord is
excessive heat can damage the but this time keep the pedal located in the driver side of the
starter motor. Wait about down for five or six seconds. engine compartment, near the
This clears the extra gasoline battery. It is shipped from the
15 seconds between each try to
from the engine. factory with a tie holding it in
help avoid draining the battery or
damaging the starter. place. Use care in removing
Engine Heater the tie so that the cord is not
damaged.
The engine heater can provide
2. If the engine does not start,
easier starting and better fuel Check the heater cord for
wait about 15 seconds and try
economy during engine warm-up in damage. If it is damaged, do
again. Wait about 15 seconds
cold weather conditions at or below not use it. See your dealer for
between each try.
18 C (0 F). Vehicles with an a replacement. Inspect the
When the engine has run about engine heater should be plugged in cord for damage yearly.
10 seconds to warm up, the at least four hours before starting. 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
vehicle is ready to be driven.
1. Turn off the engine. 110-volt AC outlet.
Do not run the engine at high
speed when it is cold.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
away from moving engine

{ Warning Warning (Continued) parts. If you do not it could be
damaged.
Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire,
or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric The length of time the heater should
the cord and may result in shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on
overheating and fire. several factors. Ask a dealer in the
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the
. Plug the cord into a with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
three-prong electrical utility permanently attached to the
receptacle that is protected vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat Retained Accessory
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded damage could occur. Power (RAP)
outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the These vehicle accessories may be
electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle used for up to 10 minutes after the
. Use a weatherproof, parts or sharp edges. Never engine is turned off:
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated close the hood on the . Audio System
extension cord if needed. heater cord.
. Power Windows
Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle,
recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach . Sunroof
cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and The power windows and sunroof will
condition, or using a securely fasten the cord. continue to work for up to
damaged heater or Keep the cord away from 10 minutes or until any door is
extension cord, could make any moving parts. opened.
(Continued)
The radio will work when the key is
4. Before starting the engine, be in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.
sure to unplug and store the Once the key is turned from ON/
cord as it was before to keep it RUN to LOCK/OFF, the radio will
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
continue to work for 10 minutes after Leaving the Vehicle with the parking brake is firmly set before
the last input (button press, knob Engine Running (Automatic you leave it. After you have moved
turn) to the radio is detected. Transmission) the shift lever into P (Park), hold the
It is possible to turn the radio back brake pedal down. Then see if you
can move the shift lever away from
on at any time after it has timed out
using the Power knob. The radio will
{ Warning P (Park) without first pushing the
be functional for 10 minutes after the It can be dangerous to leave the button on the shift lever. If you can,
last input (button press, knob turn) vehicle with the engine running. it means that the shift lever was not
to the radio is detected. fully locked into P (Park).
It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the Torque Lock (Automatic
Shifting Into Park vehicle if the shift lever is not fully Transmission)
(Automatic Transmission) in P (Park) with the parking brake If you are parking on a hill and you
1. Hold the brake pedal down and firmly set. The vehicle can roll. do not shift the transmission into
set the parking brake. See Do not leave the vehicle when the P (Park) properly, the weight of the
Parking Brake 0 202. vehicle may put too much force on
engine is running. If you have left
the parking pawl in the
2. Move the shift lever into the engine running, the vehicle
transmission. You may find it difficult
P (Park) by pressing the button can move suddenly. You or others to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
on the shift lever and pushing could be injured. To be sure the This is called torque lock.
the lever all the way toward the vehicle will not move, even when To prevent torque lock, set the
front of the vehicle. you are on fairly level ground, parking brake and then shift into
3. Turn the ignition key to always set the parking brake and P (Park) properly before you leave
LOCK/OFF. move the shift lever to P (Park). the driver seat. To find out how, see
See Shifting Into Park (Automatic Shifting Into Park previously in this
4. Remove the key and take it Transmission) 0 195. section.
with you. If you can leave the
vehicle with the ignition key in When you are ready to drive, move
your hand, the vehicle is in If you have to leave the vehicle with the shift lever out of P (Park) before
P (Park). the engine running, be sure the you release the parking brake.
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
If torque lock does occur, you may If the vehicle has an uncharged Parking
need to have another vehicle push battery or a battery with low voltage,
yours a little uphill to take some of try charging or jump starting the If the vehicle has a manual
the pressure from the parking pawl battery. See Jump Starting - North transmission, before getting out of
in the transmission, so you can pull America 0 287. the vehicle, move the shift lever into
the shift lever out of P (Park). R (Reverse) if parking on a downhill
To shift out of P (Park): slope. On a level surface or an
Shifting out of Park 1. Apply the brake pedal. uphill slope, use 1 (First) gear.
Firmly apply the parking brake. Turn
(Automatic Transmission) 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. the wheels toward the curb for a
This vehicle is equipped with a shift 3. Press the shift lever button. downhill slope, or away from the
lock control. The shift lock control is 4. Move the shift lever to the curb for an uphill slope. Once the
designed to: desired position. shift lever has been placed into gear
with the clutch pedal pressed in,
. Prevent ignition key removal If still unable to shift out of P (Park): turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,
unless the shift lever is in remove the key, and release the
P (Park) with the shift lever 1. Fully release the shift lever
button. clutch.
button fully released.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
. Prevent movement of the shift
press the shift lever button
Parking over Things
lever out of P (Park) unless the That Burn
ignition is in ON/RUN and the again.
brake pedal is applied. 3. Move the shift lever to the
The shift lock control is always desired position. { Warning
functional except in the case of an If you still cannot move the shift Things that can burn could touch
uncharged or low voltage (less than lever from P (Park), consult your hot exhaust parts under the
9-volt) battery. dealer or a professional towing vehicle and ignite. Do not park
service. over papers, leaves, dry grass,
The doors may lock when shifting or other things that can burn.
from P (Park). See Automatic Door
Locks 0 32.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park (Automatic
if it is suspected that exhaust is Transmission) 0 195 and Engine
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: Exhaust 0 197. If the vehicle has a
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the manual transmission, see Parking
with poor ventilation windows completely down. 0 196.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Automatic R : Use this gear to back up.

Warning (Continued)
Transmission Do not leave the vehicle when the Caution
engine is running. If you have left Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
the engine running, the vehicle vehicle is moving forward could
can move suddenly. You or others damage the transmission. The
could be injured. To be sure the repairs would not be covered by
vehicle will not move, even when the vehicle warranty. Shift to
you are on fairly level ground, R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
always set the parking brake and is stopped.
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park (Automatic
Transmission) 0 195. To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
Make sure the shift lever is fully in the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 186.
P (Park) before starting the engine.
P : This position locks the front The vehicle has a shift lock control. N : In this position, the engine does
wheels. It is the best position to use You must fully apply the brake pedal not connect with the wheels. To
when you start the engine because then press the shift lever button restart the engine when the vehicle
the vehicle cannot move easily. before you can shift from P (Park) is already moving, use N (Neutral)
while the ignition key is in ON/RUN. only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the
{ Warning If you cannot shift out of P (Park), vehicle is being towed.
ease pressure on the shift lever and
It is dangerous to get out of the push the shift lever all the way into
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully P (Park) as you maintain brake
in P (Park) with the parking brake application. Then move the shift
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. lever into another gear. See Shifting
(Continued) out of Park (Automatic
Transmission) 0 196.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
D : This position is for normal

{ Warning driving. It provides the best fuel
economy. If you need more power
Shifting into a drive gear while the for passing, and you are:
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is . Going less than 56 km/h
firmly on the brake pedal, the (35 mph), push the accelerator
vehicle could move very rapidly. pedal about halfway down.
You could lose control and hit . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all
into a drive gear while the engine the way down.
is running at high speed. M : This position allows you to
change gears similar to a manual 2. Press the + (plus) end of the
transmission. If the vehicle has this button on the side of the shift
feature, see Manual Mode lever to upshift, or press the
Caution following. (minus) end of the button to
Shifting out of P (Park) or downshift.
N (Neutral) with the engine Manual Mode
The Driver Information Center (DIC)
running at high speed may To use this feature: in the instrument cluster will change
damage the transmission. The from the currently displayed
repairs would not be covered by 1. Move the shift lever from
D (Drive) rearward to message to the letter M, for
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the Manual position, and a number
M (Manual Mode).
engine is not running at high indicating the requested gear.
speed when shifting the vehicle. While driving in manual mode,
the transmission will remain in While using manual mode, the
the driver selected gear. When transmission will have firmer shifting
coming to a stop in the manual and sportier performance. You can
position, the vehicle will use this for sport driving or when
automatically shift into
1 (First) gear.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
climbing hills to stay in gear longer Manual Transmission

or to downshift for more power or Caution (Continued)
engine braking.
shifting with the accelerator to
The transmission will only allow you avoid revving the engine and
to shift into gears appropriate for the damaging the clutch.
vehicle speed and engine
revolutions per minute (rpm):
1 (First) : Press the clutch pedal
. The transmission will not and shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly
automatically shift to the next let up on the clutch pedal as you
higher gear if the vehicle speed press the accelerator pedal.
or engine rpm is too low.
You can shift into 1 (First) when
. The transmission will not allow going less than 32 km/h (20 mph).
shifting to the next lower gear if If you have come to a complete stop
the vehicle speed or engine rpm and it is hard to shift into 1 (First),
is too high. The vehicle may be equipped with a
put the shift lever in Neutral and let
5-speed or 6-speed manual
up on the clutch. Press the clutch
transmission.
pedal back down. Then shift into
1 (First).
Caution
2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedal
Shifting the vehicle initially into as you let up on the accelerator
any gear other than 1 (First) or pedal and shift into 2 (Second).
R (Reverse) can damage the Then, slowly let up on the clutch
clutch. Shift the manual pedal as you press the accelerator
transmission in the proper pedal.
sequence, and time the gear 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and
(Continued) 6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third),
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) (if
equipped) the same way as for
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
2 (Second). Slowly let up on the lever, and shift into R (Reverse). Let Up-Shift Light
clutch pedal as you press the up on the clutch pedal slowly while
accelerator pedal. pressing the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal. Caution
Just before the vehicle stops, press
the clutch pedal and the brake Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
pedal, and shift to Neutral. vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The Vehicles equipped with a manual
Neutral : Use this position when repairs would not be covered by
you start or idle the engine. transmission may have an up-shift
the vehicle warranty. Shift to light. This light indicates when to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle shift to the next higher gear for
is stopped. better fuel economy.
For the best fuel economy,
Shift Speeds accelerate slowly and shift when the
light comes on, and if the weather,
{ Warning road, and traffic conditions allow.
It is normal for the light to go on and
If you skip a gear when off if the accelerator position
downshifting, you could lose changes quickly. Ignore the light
control of the vehicle. You could during downshifts.
injure yourself or others. Do not
shift down more than one gear at
a time when downshifting.
R (Reverse) : To back up, press
down the clutch pedal, lift up the
reverse lockout ring on the shift
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Brakes avoid a sudden obstacle, a Using ABS

computer senses the wheels are
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
slowing down. If one of the wheels
Antilock Brake is about to stop rolling, the computer
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
will separately work the brakes at
pump or motor operating and feel
each wheel.
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced the brake pedal pulsate. This is
electronic braking system that helps ABS can change the brake pressure normal.
prevent a braking skid. to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
When the vehicle begins to drive
you steer around the obstacle while ABS allows you to steer and brake
away, ABS checks itself.
braking hard. at the same time. In many
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
going on, and it might even be computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
noticed that the brake pedal moves on wheel speed and controls braking.
a little. This is normal. braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
Parking Brake
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
If there is a problem with ABS, this suddenly slows or stops. Always
warning light stays on. See Antilock leave enough room up ahead to
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light stop, even with ABS.
0 103.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
To set the parking brake, hold the conditions. This feature uses the forward or rearward, during vehicle
brake pedal down and pull up on the stability system hydraulic brake drive off. After the driver completely
parking brake lever. If the ignition is control module to supplement the stops and holds the vehicle in a
on, the brake system warning light power brake system under complete standstill on a grade, HSA
will come on. See Brake System conditions where the driver has will be automatically activated.
Warning Light 0 102. quickly and forcefully applied the During the transition period between
To release the parking brake, hold brake pedal in an attempt to quickly when the driver releases the brake
the brake pedal down. Pull the stop or slow down the vehicle. The pedal and starts to accelerate to
parking brake lever up until you can stability system hydraulic brake drive off on a grade, HSA holds the
press the release button. Hold the control module increases brake braking pressure for a maximum of
release button in as you move the pressure at each corner of the two seconds to ensure that there is
brake lever all the way down. vehicle until the ABS activates. no rolling. The brakes will
Minor brake pedal pulsation or automatically release when the
pedal movement during this time is accelerator pedal is applied within
Caution normal and the driver should the two-second window. It will not
continue to apply the brake pedal as activate if the vehicle is in a drive
Driving with the parking brake on
the driving situation dictates. The gear and facing downhill, or if the
can overheat the brake system Brake Assist feature will vehicle is facing uphill and in
and cause premature wear or automatically disengage when the R (Reverse).
damage to brake system parts. brake pedal is released or brake
Make sure that the parking brake pedal pressure is quickly
is fully released and the brake decreased.
warning light is off before driving.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
Brake Assist This vehicle has an HSA feature,
The Brake Assist feature is which may be useful when the
designed to assist the driver in vehicle is stopped on a grade
stopping or decreasing vehicle sufficient enough to activate HSA.
speed in emergency driving This feature is designed to prevent
the vehicle from rolling, either
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the

driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins
Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems
System Operation turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This
The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. light will:
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak, an Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting
electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin.
These systems help limit wheel slip started and begins to move. The
and assist the driver in maintaining . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while
conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either
TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), and
the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary d comes on and stays on to
engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in
vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 186 maintaining control. The vehicle is
the intended path and the direction and Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be
the vehicle is actually traveling. On later in this section. adjusted accordingly.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
If d comes on and stays on: The button for TCS and StabiliTrak To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
is on the center console. press and hold the g button until
1. Stop the vehicle.
the traction off light i and
2. Turn the engine off and wait Caution
15 seconds. StabiliTrak OFF light g come on
Do not repeatedly brake or and stay on in the instrument
3. Start the engine. cluster.
accelerate heavily when TCS is
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on off. The vehicle driveline could be To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
and stays on, the vehicle may need damaged. again, press and release the g
more time to diagnose the problem.
button. The traction off light i and
If the condition persists, see your To turn off only TCS, press and
dealer. StabiliTrak OFF light g in the
release the g button. The traction instrument cluster turn off.
Turning the Systems Off off light i displays in the instrument
and On Adding accessories can affect the
cluster. vehicle performance. See
To turn TCS on again, press and Accessories and Modifications
release the g button. The traction 0 220.
off light i displayed in the
instrument cluster will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
the g button is pressed, the system
will not turn off until the wheels stop
spinning.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Cruise Control See Traction Control/Electronic

Stability Control 0 204. If a collision
RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate) : If
there is a set speed in memory,
If the vehicle is equipped with cruise alert occurs when cruise control is move the thumbwheel up briefly to
control, a speed of about 40 km/h activated, cruise control is resume to that speed or hold
(25 mph) or more can be maintained disengaged. See Forward Collision upward to accelerate. If cruise
without keeping your foot on the Alert (FCA) System 0 210. When control is already active, use to
accelerator. Cruise control does not road conditions allow you to safely increase vehicle speed.
work at speeds below 40 km/h use it again, the cruise control can SET/ (Set/Coast) : Move the
(25 mph). be turned back on. thumbwheel down briefly to set the
If the brakes are applied, cruise speed and activate cruise control.
{ Warning control disengages. If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease speed.
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at n (Cancel) : Press to disengage
a steady speed. Do not use cruise control without erasing the
cruise control on winding roads or set speed from memory.
in heavy traffic. Setting Cruise Control
Cruise control can be dangerous If o is on when not in use, SET/- or
on slippery roads. On such roads, RES/+ could get bumped and go
fast changes in tire traction can into cruise when not desired. Keep
cause excessive wheel slip, and o off when cruise control is not
you could lose control. Do not use being used.
cruise control on slippery roads.
To set cruise control:
If the vehicle's Traction Control 1. Press o to turn the cruise

o (On/Off) : Press to turn the system on.
System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system cruise control system on and off.
begins to limit wheel spin while A white indicator comes on in the 2. Get to the speed desired.
using cruise control, the cruise instrument cluster when cruise is
control will automatically disengage. turned on.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
3. Move the thumbwheel down to . Move the thumbwheel up toward briefly. For each press, the
SET/- and release it. RES/+ and hold it until the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
4. Take your foot off the desired speed is reached, then (1 mph) slower.
accelerator pedal. release it. The speedometer reading can be
. To increase the vehicle speed in displayed in either English or metric
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after small increments, move the units. See Driver Information Center
cruise control has been set to the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ (DIC) 0 109. The increment value
desired speed. See Instrument briefly and then release it. For used depends on the units
Cluster 0 96. each press, the vehicle goes displayed.
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Resuming a Set Speed Passing Another Vehicle While
The speedometer reading can be Using Cruise Control
If the cruise control is set at a displayed in either English or metric
desired speed and then the brakes Use the accelerator pedal to
units. See Driver Information Center
or clutch for manual transmissions increase the vehicle speed. When
(DIC) 0 109. The increment value
you take your foot off the pedal, the
are applied or n is pressed, the used depends on the units
vehicle slows down to the previous
cruise control is disengaged without displayed.
set cruise control speed. While
erasing the set speed from memory. Reducing Speed While Using pressing the accelerator pedal or
Once the vehicle reaches about Cruise Control shortly following the release to
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the If the cruise control system is override cruise control, briefly
thumbwheel up toward RES/+ already activated: moving the thumbwheel toward
briefly. The vehicle returns to the SET/- will result in cruise control set
previous set speed. . Move the thumbwheel toward to the current vehicle speed.
SET/ and hold until the desired
Increasing Speed While Using lower speed is reached, then Using Cruise Control on Hills
Cruise Control release it. How well cruise control works on
If the cruise control system is . To decrease the vehicle speed in hills depends on the vehicle speed,
already activated: smaller increments, move the load, and the steepness of the hills.
thumbwheel toward SET/ When going up steep hills, you
might have to step on the
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
accelerator pedal to maintain the Driver Assistance

vehicle speed. When going Warning (Continued)
downhill, you might have to brake or Systems vehicle before driving. Failure to
shift to a lower gear to keep your
use proper care may result in
speed down. If the brake pedal is Rear Vision injury, death, or vehicle damage.
applied, cruise control will
disengage.
Camera (RVC)
This vehicle may have the RVC An image appears on the
Ending Cruise Control
system. Read this entire section infotainment screen when the
There are four ways to end cruise before using it. vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
control: The infotainment screen goes to the
The RVC system can assist the
. To disengage cruise control, driver when backing up by previous screen after approximately
step lightly on the brake pedal or displaying a view of the area behind 4 seconds once the vehicle is
clutch for manual transmission. the vehicle. shifted out of R (Reverse).
. Press n on the steering wheel. To return to the previous screen
. Shift the transmission to

{ Warning sooner, do one of the following:
. Shift into P (Park).
N (Neutral). The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, . Reach a vehicle speed of
. To turn off cruise control, press
crossing traffic, animals, or any 8 km/h (5 mph).
o on the steering wheel.
other object outside of the Guidelines
Erasing Speed Memory cameras field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle. The RVC system has a guideline
The cruise control set speed is
Shown distances may be different overlay that can help the driver align
erased from memory if the o button the vehicle when backing into a
is pressed or if the ignition is from actual distances. Do not
parking spot.
turned off. drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always To turn the guidelines on or off:
check behind and around the 1. Shift into P (Park).
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
2. From the home page on the The camera is above the license
infotainment system, select plate.
Settings. The area displayed by the camera is
3. Select Rear Camera Options. limited. It does not display objects
4. Select Guidelines. that are close to either corner or
under the bumper and can vary
Rear Vision Camera Error depending on vehicle orientation or
Messages road conditions. Displayed images
SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA may be closer or farther than they
1. View displayed by the camera.
SYSTEM : This message can appear.
2. Corner of the rear bumper.
display when the system is not The following illustrations show the
operating properly. field of view that the camera When the System Does Not
If any other problem occurs or if a provides. Seem to Work Properly
problem persists, see your dealer. The RVC system may not work
Rear Vision Camera Location properly or display a clear image if:
. The RVC is turned off. See
Turning the Rear Camera
System On or Off earlier in this
section.
. It is dark.
. The sun or the beam of
headlamps are shining directly
into the camera lens.
1. View displayed by the camera.

2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else FCA warnings will not occur unless
builds up on the camera lens. { Warning the FCA system detects a vehicle
Clean the lens, rinse it with ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
water, and wipe it with a soft FCA is a warning system and the vehicle ahead indicator will
cloth. does not apply the brakes. When display green. Vehicles may not be
approaching a slower-moving or detected on curves, highway exit
. The back of the vehicle is in an stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
accident. The position and ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or when following a vehicle too or if a vehicle ahead is partially
mounting angle of the camera closely, FCA may not provide a
can change or the camera can blocked by pedestrians or other
warning with enough time to help objects. FCA will not detect another
be affected. Be sure to have the
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn vehicle ahead until it is completely
camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your of pedestrians, animals, signs, in the driving lane.
dealer. guardrails, bridges, construction
barrels, or other objects. Be ready { Warning
Forward Collision Alert to take action and apply the
brakes. For more information, see FCA does not provide a warning
(FCA) System Defensive Driving 0 181. to help avoid a crash, unless it
If equipped, the FCA system may detects a vehicle. FCA may not
help to avoid or reduce the harm detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
FCA can be disabled with the FCA
caused by front-end crashes. When sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
steering wheel control.
approaching a vehicle ahead too or ice, or if the windshield is
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing Detecting the Vehicle Ahead damaged. It may also not detect a
alert on the windshield and rapidly vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
beeps. or in conditions that can limit
FCA detects vehicles within a visibility such as fog, rain,
distance of approximately 60 m or snow, or if the headlamps or
(197 ft) and operates at speeds windshield are not cleaned or in
above 40 km/h (25 mph). (Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Tailgating Alert Alert features. The timing of both

Warning (Continued) alerts will vary based on vehicle
The red FCA display will stay
continuously illuminated when you speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
proper condition. Keep the the farther away the alert will occur.
windshield, headlamps, and FCA are following a detected vehicle
ahead much too closely. Consider traffic and weather
sensors clean and in good repair. conditions when selecting the alert
Selecting the Alert Timing timing. The range of selectable alert
Collision Alert timing may not be appropriate for all
drivers and driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may sometimes set
unnecessary alerts to turning
vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,
objects that are not vehicles,
When your vehicle approaches or shadows. These alerts are
another detected vehicle too rapidly, normal operation and the vehicle
the red FCA display on top of the does not need service.
instrument panel to the right of the
Cleaning the System
steering wheel will flash. Also,
several rapid high-pitched beeps will If the FCA system does not seem to
The Collision Alert control is on the
sound from the front. When this operate properly, cleaning the
steering wheel. Press COLLISION
Collision Alert occurs, the brake outside of the windshield in front of
ALERT to set the alert timing to far,
system may prepare for driver the rearview mirror may correct the
medium, near or off. The first button
braking to occur more rapidly which issue.
press shows the current control
can cause a brief, mild deceleration. setting on the DIC. Additional button
Continue to apply the brake pedal presses will change this setting. The
as needed. Cruise control may be chosen setting will remain until it is
disengaged when the Collision Alert changed and will affect both the
occurs. Collision Alert and the Tailgating
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Lane Departure Warning (Continued)

How the System Works
Warning (LDW) The LDW camera sensor is on the
not in proper condition; or if windshield ahead of the rearview
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
the sun shines directly into mirror.
crashes due to unintentional lane
the camera.
departures. It may provide an alert if
the vehicle is crossing a lane . Detect road edges.
without using a turn signal in that . Detect lanes on winding or
direction. LDW uses a camera hilly roads.
sensor to detect the lane markings
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or If LDW only detects lane
greater. markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
{ Warning departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
The LDW system does not steer marking. Always keep your
the vehicle. The LDW system attention on the road and
may not: maintain proper vehicle position
. Provide enough time to within the lane, or vehicle To turn LDW on and off, press
damage, injury, or death could LANE DEPART on the steering
avoid a crash.
occur. Always keep the wheel. The control indicator will light
. Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and when LDW is on.
poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in
conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LDW in
the windshield or
bad weather conditions.
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
When LDW is on, @ is green if LDW alerts may occur due to tar Fuel
LDW is available to warn of a lane marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
departure. If the vehicle crosses a temporary or construction lane Use of the recommended fuel is an
detected lane marking without using markings, or other road important part of the proper
imperfections. This is normal system maintenance of this vehicle. When
the turn signal in that direction, @ driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
operation; the vehicle does not need
changes to amber and flashes. service. Turn LDW off if these help keep the engine clean and
Additionally, there will be three conditions continue. maintain optimum vehicle
beeps on the right or left, depending performance, we recommend using
on the lane departure direction. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
When the System Does Not See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
Seem To Work Properly TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
The system may not detect lanes as

well when there are:
. Close vehicles ahead.
. Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
. Banked roads.
If the LDW system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with an
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
octane rating below 87, as it may

Caution
California Fuel
cause engine damage and will lower
fuel economy.
Requirements
Do not use fuel containing If the vehicle is certified to meet
Use of Seasonal Fuels methanol. It can corrode metal California Emissions Standards, it is
Use summer and winter fuels in the parts in the fuel system and also designed to operate on fuels that
appropriate season. The fuels damage plastic and rubber parts. meet California specifications. See
industry automatically modifies the That damage would not be the underhood emission control
fuel for the appropriate season. covered under the vehicle label. If this fuel is not available in
If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for warranty. states adopting California Emissions
long periods of time, driving or Standards, the vehicle will operate
starting could be affected. Drive the Some gasolines, mainly high octane satisfactorily on fuels meeting
vehicle until the fuel is at one-half racing gasolines, can contain an federal specifications, but emission
tank or less, then refuel with the octane-enhancing additive called control system performance might
current seasonal fuel. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese be affected. The malfunction
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use indicator lamp could turn on and the
Prohibited Fuels
gasolines and/or fuel additives with vehicle may not pass a smog-check
Gasolines containing oxygenates MMT as they can reduce spark plug test. See Malfunction Indicator
such as ethers and ethanol, as well life and affect emission control Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 100.
as reformulated gasolines, are system performance. The If this occurs, return to your
available in some cities. If these malfunction indicator lamp may turn authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it
gasolines comply with the on. If this occurs, see your dealer is determined that the condition is
previously described specification, for service. caused by the type of fuel used,
then they are acceptable to use. repairs may not be covered by the
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and vehicle warranty.
other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must be used only in
FlexFuel vehicles.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Fuels in Foreign Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)

Countries
If planning to drive in countries { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
outside the U.S. or Canada, the Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the
proper fuel might be hard to find. violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is
Check regional auto club or fuel death. more likely in hot weather.
retail brand websites for availability
. To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly
in the country where driving. Never
and others, read and follow and wait for any hiss noise
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
all the instructions on the to stop then unscrew the
methanol, manganese, or any other
fuel pump island. cap all the way.
fuel not recommended. Costly
repairs caused by use of improper . Turn off the engine when
fuel would not be covered by the refueling.
vehicle warranty.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
Fuel Additives smoking materials away
from fuel.
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP . Do not leave the fuel pump
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
unattended.
recommended. See Fuel 0 213.
. Do not use a cell phone
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
while refueling.
not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS added to . Do not reenter the vehicle
the fuel tank at every engine oil while pumping fuel.
change, can help. Fuel System . Keep children away from
Treatment PLUS is the only the fuel pump and never let The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
gasoline additive recommended by children pump fuel. door on the passenger side of the
General Motors. It is available at vehicle.
your dealer. (Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
To remove the fuel cap, turn it diagnostic system can determine if

slowly counterclockwise. The fuel the fuel cap has been left off or Caution (Continued)
cap has a spring in it; if the cap is improperly installed. This would
released too soon, it will spring back allow fuel to evaporate into the emissions system. See
to the right. atmosphere. See Malfunction Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine (Check Engine Light) 0 100.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
top off or overfill the tank. Wait a Light) 0 100.
few seconds after you have finished Filling a Portable Fuel
pumping before removing the { Warning Container
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See If a fire starts while you are
Washing the Vehicle in Exterior refueling, do not remove the { Warning
Care 0 292. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
{ Warning notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately. fuel vapors that can ignite either
Overfilling the fuel tank by more by static electricity or other
than three clicks of a standard fill means. You or others could be
nozzle may cause: badly burned and the vehicle
Caution could be damaged. Always:
. Vehicle performance issues,
If a new fuel cap is needed, be . Use approved fuel
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system. sure to get the right type of cap containers.
. Fuel spills. from your dealer. The wrong type . Remove the container from
of fuel cap may not fit properly, the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
. Potential fuel fires. may cause the malfunction bed before filling.
indicator lamp to light, and could . Place the container on the
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it damage the fuel tank and ground.
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure (Continued) (Continued)
the cap is fully installed. The
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Conversions and

Add-Ons
. Place the nozzle inside the General Towing
fill opening of the container Information
before dispensing fuel, and Add-On Electrical
keep it in contact with the fill The vehicle is neither designed nor Equipment
opening until filling is intended to tow a trailer.
complete. { Warning
. Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
expansion. used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance
. Do not smoke, light testing. See Malfunction Indicator
matches, or use lighters
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
while pumping fuel.
0 100. A device connected to the
. Avoid using cell phones or Data Link Connector (DLC)
other electronic devices. such as an aftermarket fleet or
driver-behavior tracking device
may interfere with vehicle
systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicles
systems.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Add-on equipment can drain the

Caution vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause The vehicle has an airbag system.
components to not work and Before attempting to add anything
would not be covered by the electrical to the vehicle, see
warranty. Always check with your Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
dealer before adding electrical Vehicle 0 66 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
equipment.
0 66.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 219
Battery - North America . . . . . . 240

Vehicle Care Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 240
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Automatic Transmission Shift Instrument Panel Fuse
Lock Control Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
General Information Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 220 Ignition Transmission Lock Wheels and Tires
California Proposition Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Park Brake and P (Park) All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
California Perchlorate Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 241 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Materials Requirements . . . . . 220 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 242 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Accessories and Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 256
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Headlamp Aiming Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Tire Terminology and
Vehicle Checks Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Doing Your Own Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Engine Compartment Headlamps, Front Turn Signal Tire Pressure Monitor
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . 244 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Fog Lamps (LS, LT, Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 228 and LTZ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Automatic Transmission Fog Lamps (RS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 When It Is Time for New
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 230 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Different Size Tires and
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 230 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 246 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Uniform Tire Quality
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 236 Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 248 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 248
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 272
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
220 Vehicle Care
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 General Information harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 and systems, many fluids, and
Tire Sealant and For service and parts needs, visit some component wear by-products
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 your dealer. You will receive contain and/or emit these
Storing the Tire Sealant and genuine GM parts and GM-trained chemicals.
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 and supported service people.
See Battery - North America 0 240
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Genuine GM parts have one of and Jump Starting - North America
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 286 these marks: 0 287.
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North California Perchlorate
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Materials Requirements
Towing the Vehicle Certain types of automotive
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 289 applications, such as airbag
Recreational Vehicle initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Appearance Care
may contain perchlorate materials.
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Special handling may be necessary.
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
For additional information, see
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
California Proposition
65 Warning Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles, Modifications
including this one, contain and/or Adding non-dealer accessories or
emit chemicals known to the State making modifications to the vehicle
of California to cause cancer and can affect vehicle performance and
birth defects or other reproductive safety, including such things as
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 221
airbags, braking, stability, ride and Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system.
handling, emissions systems, Before attempting to do your own
aerodynamics, durability, and service work, see Servicing the
electronic systems like antilock Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 66.
brakes, traction control, and stability Service Work Keep a record with all parts receipts
control. These accessories or and list the mileage and the date of
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
{ Warning any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 313.
by the vehicle warranty. It can be dangerous to work on
Damage to vehicle components your vehicle if you do not have
Caution
resulting from modifications or the the proper knowledge, service
installation or use of non-GM manual, tools, or parts. Always Even small amounts of
certified parts, including control follow owner manual procedures contamination can cause damage
module or software modifications, is and consult the service manual to vehicle systems. Do not allow
not covered under the terms of the for your vehicle before doing any contaminants to contact the fluids,
vehicle warranty and may affect service work. reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
If doing some of your own service
GM Accessories are designed to work, use the proper service
complement and function with other manual. It tells you much more
systems on the vehicle. See your about how to service the vehicle
dealer to accessorize the vehicle than this manual can. To order the
using genuine GM Accessories proper service manual, see Service
installed by a dealer technician. Publications Ordering Information
Also, see Adding Equipment to the 0 327.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 66.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
222 Vehicle Care
Hood 3. Lift the hood and release the

hood prop from its retainer,
To open the hood: located in front of the engine
compartment. Securely place
the hood prop into the slot on
the underside of the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all filler caps are on
properly. Then, lift the hood to
relieve pressure on the hood
prop. Remove the hood prop
2. Go to the front of the vehicle from the slot in the underside
and move the secondary hood of the hood and return the prop
release lever toward the right to its retainer. The prop rod
side of the vehicle. must click into place when
1. Pull the hood release handle
inside the vehicle. It is located returning it to the retainer to
on the lower left side of the prevent hood damage.
instrument panel. 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
above the vehicle and release
it so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 223
Engine Compartment Overview
1.4L L4 Engine
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
224 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 230. 4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See 7. Battery - North America 0 240.
2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 226. 8. Windshield Washer Fluid
Engine Oil 0 226. 5. Engine Coolant Surge Tank Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of and Pressure Cap. See 0 237.
View). See Cooling System Cooling System 0 232. 9. Engine Compartment Fuse
0 232. 6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. Block 0 249.
See Brake Fluid 0 239 and
Hydraulic Clutch 0 230.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 225
1.8L L4 Engine
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
226 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 230. Engine Oil

2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See To ensure proper engine
Engine Oil 0 226. performance and long life, careful
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of attention must be paid to engine oil.
View). See Cooling System Following these simple, but
0 232. important steps will help protect
your investment: If the engine oil pressure light
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See comes on, check the engine oil level
Engine Oil 0 226. . Always use engine oil approved right away. The oil pressure light is
to the proper specification and of on the instrument cluster. See
5. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil Pressure Light 0 106.
and Pressure Cap. See
Selecting the Right Engine Oil Check the engine oil level regularly;
Cooling System 0 232. in this section. this is an added reminder.
6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. . Check the engine oil level
See Brake Fluid 0 239 and Checking Engine Oil
regularly and maintain the
Hydraulic Clutch 0 230. proper oil level. See Checking It is a good idea to check the engine
7. Battery - North America 0 240. Engine Oil and When to Add oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
Engine Oil in this section. get an accurate reading, the oil
8. Engine Compartment Fuse must be warm and the vehicle must
Block 0 249. . Change the engine oil at the
be on level ground. The engine oil
9. Windshield Washer Fluid appropriate time. See Engine Oil dipstick handle is a loop. See
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid Life System 0 228. Engine Compartment Overview
0 237. . Always dispose of engine oil 0 223 for the location of the engine
properly. See What to Do with oil dipstick.
Used Oil in this section. 1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 227
after engine shutoff will not the level. See Selecting the Right Add enough oil to put the level
provide an accurate oil level Engine Oil in this section for an somewhere in the proper operating
reading. explanation of what kind of oil to range. Push the dipstick all the way
use. For engine oil crankcase back in when through.
{ Warning capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications 0 315. Selecting the Right Engine Oil
The engine oil dipstick handle Selecting the right engine oil
may be hot; it could burn you. Caution depends on both the proper oil
Use a towel or glove to touch the specification and viscosity grade.
dipstick handle. Do not add too much oil. Oil See Recommended Fluids and
levels above or below the Lubricants 0 311.
acceptable operating range
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it Specification
shown on the dipstick are harmful
with a clean paper towel or Ask for and use engine oils that
cloth, then push it back in all to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the meet the dexos1 specification.
the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and operating range, i.e., the engine Engine oils that have been
check the level. has so much oil that the oil level approved by GM as meeting the
gets above the upper mark that dexos1 specification are marked
When to Add Engine Oil shows the proper operating with the dexos1 approved logo. See
range, the engine could be www.gmdexos.com.
damaged. You should drain out
the excess oil or limit driving of
the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
1.4L Shown, 1.8L Similar
If the oil is below the minimum mark See Engine Compartment Overview
on the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the 0 223 for the location of the engine
recommended oil and then recheck oil fill cap.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
228 Vehicle Care
Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground,

Caution Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil.
engine oil can result in engine recommended oils meeting the
damage not covered by the dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
Engine Oil Life System
vehicle warranty. Check with your
dealer or service provider on engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil
whether the oil is approved to the Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system
dexos1 specification. recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the
engine damage not covered by the engine oil and filter. This is based
Viscosity Grade vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which
What to Do with Used Oil include engine revolutions, engine
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
temperature, and miles driven.
engine oil. Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the
Cold Temperature Operation: In an elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is
area of extreme cold, where the your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For
temperature falls below 29 C cancer. Do not let used oil stay on the oil life system to work properly,
(20 F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be your skin for very long. Clean your the system must be reset every time
used. An oil of this viscosity grade skin and nails with soap and water, the oil is changed.
will provide easier cold starting for or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
the engine at extremely low
containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it
temperatures. When selecting an oil
manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
always select an oil of the correct use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A : % CHANGE
specification. See Specification message in the DIC comes on. See
Used oil can be a threat to the
earlier in this section for more Vehicle Messages 0 111. Change
environment. If you change your
information. the oil as soon as possible within
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is
from the filter before disposal. Never
possible that, if driving under the
dispose of oil by putting it in the
best conditions, the oil life system
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 229
might indicate that an oil change is useful life. If 99% is displayed, If the : % CHANGE message in
not necessary for up to a year. The that means that 99% of the the DIC comes back on when the
engine oil and filter must be current oil life remains. vehicle is started, the engine oil life
changed at least once a year and, 2. To reset the engine oil life system has not reset. Repeat the
at this time, the system must be system, press the SET/CLR procedure.
reset. Your dealer has trained button while the oil life display
service people who will perform this is active. After a few seconds, Automatic Transmission
work and reset the system. It is also there will be a single chime and
important to check the oil regularly Fluid
the oil life will be reset
over the course of an oil drain to 100%. How to Check Automatic
interval and keep it at the proper
level. Transmission Fluid
If the system is ever reset It is not necessary to check the
accidentally, the oil must be transmission fluid level.
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) A transmission fluid leak is the only
since the last oil change. reason for fluid loss. If a leak
Remember to reset the oil life occurs, take the vehicle to your
system whenever the oil is changed. dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
How to Reset the Engine Oil There is a special procedure for
Life System checking and changing the
Reset the system whenever the transmission fluid. Because this
engine oil is changed so that the procedure is difficult, you should
system can calculate the next have this done at your dealer.
Be careful not to reset the oil life
engine oil change. To reset the display accidentally at any time Change the fluid at the intervals
system: other than after the oil is changed. listed in Maintenance Schedule
1. Press the MENU button to It cannot be reset accurately. 0 302, and be sure to use the fluid
show Remaining Oil Life on the listed in Recommended Fluids and
display. This display shows an Lubricants 0 311.
estimate of the oils remaining
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
230 Vehicle Care
Manual Transmission indicated on the reservoir cap. See When to Inspect the Engine Air
Engine Compartment Overview Cleaner/Filter
Fluid 0 223 for reservoir location.
It is not necessary to check the For intervals on changing and
manual transmission fluid level. How to Check and Add Fluid inspecting the engine air cleaner/
A transmission fluid leak is the only filter, see Maintenance Schedule
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
reason for fluid loss. If a leak 0 302.
reservoir to make sure the fluid level
occurs, take the vehicle to your is at the MIN (minimum) line on the How to Inspect the Engine Air
dealer and have it repaired as soon side of the reservoir. The brake/ Cleaner/Filter
as possible. See Recommended hydraulic clutch fluid system should
Fluids and Lubricants 0 311 for the be closed and sealed. Do not start the engine or have the
proper fluid to use. engine running with the engine air
Do not remove the cap to check the cleaner/filter housing open. Before
fluid level or to topoff the fluid level. removing the engine air cleaner/
Hydraulic Clutch Remove the cap only when filter, make sure that the engine air
For vehicles with a manual necessary to add the proper fluid cleaner/filter housing and nearby
transmission, it is not necessary to until the level reaches the MIN line. components are free of dirt and
regularly check brake/clutch fluid debris. Remove the engine air
unless there is a leak suspected. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
Adding fluid will not correct a leak. the engine air cleaner/filter (away
The engine air cleaner/filter is
A fluid loss in this system could from the vehicle), to release loose
located in the engine compartment
indicate a problem. Have the dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
on the passenger side of the
system inspected and repaired. cleaner/filter for damage, and
vehicle. See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 223 for more information replace if damaged. Do not clean
When to Check and What the engine air cleaner/filter or
to Use on location.
components with water or
The common hydraulic clutch and compressed air.
brake master cylinder fluid reservoir
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 231
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/

filter: { Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
1.8L L4 Engine
1. Remove the two screws, tilt the Caution
1.4L L4 Engine cover, and slide it out of the
assembly. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
2. Inspect or replace the engine which could damage it. Always
air cleaner/filter.
have the air cleaner/filter in place
3. Lower the cover, slide it into when you are driving.
the assembly, then secure with
the two screws.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
232 Vehicle Care
Cooling System
{ Warning
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct Heater and radiator hoses, and
working temperature. other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
1.8L L4 Engine fixed before you drive the vehicle.
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank Caution
1.4L L4 Engine and Pressure Cap
Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL can cause
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
{ Warning premature engine, heater core,
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank An electric engine cooling fan or radiator corrosion. In addition,
and Pressure Cap under the hood can start up even the engine coolant could require
when the engine is not running changing sooner. Any repairs
and can cause injury. Keep would not be covered by the
hands, clothing, and tools away vehicle warranty. Always use
from any underhood electric fan. DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 233
Engine Coolant Warning (Continued) Caution

The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL engine overheat warning. The engine If improper coolant mixture,
coolant. This coolant is designed to could catch fire and you or others inhibitors, or additives are used in
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or could be burned. Use a 50/ the vehicle cooling system, the
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever 50 mixture of clean, drinkable engine could overheat and be
occurs first. water and DEX-COOL coolant. damaged. Too much water in the
The following explains the cooling mixture can freeze and crack
system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean engine cooling parts. The repairs
coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL would not be covered by the
problem with engine overheating, coolant. This mixture: vehicle warranty. Use only the
see Engine Overheating 0 236. proper mixture of engine coolant
. Gives freezing protection down
for the cooling system. See
What to Use to 37 C (34 F), outside Recommended Fluids and
temperature.
Lubricants 0 311.
{ Warning . Gives boiling protection up to
129 C (265 F), engine
Adding only plain water or some Never dispose of engine coolant by
temperature.
other liquid to the cooling system putting it in the trash, pouring it on
. Protects against rust and the ground, or into sewers, streams,
can be dangerous. Plain water
corrosion. or bodies of water. Have the coolant
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will. . Will not damage aluminum parts. changed by an authorized service
center, familiar with legal
The coolant warning system is set . Helps keep the proper engine requirements regarding used
for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. coolant disposal. This will help
With plain water or the wrong protect the environment and your
mixture, the engine could get too health.
hot but you would not get the
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
234 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the

Coolant Surge Tank Warning (Continued)
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant the cap when the cooling system,
level. Caution including the surge tank pressure
It is normal to see coolant moving in cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
This vehicle has a specific
the upper coolant hose return line system and surge tank pressure
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
when the engine is running. cap to cool.
follow this procedure could cause
Check to see if coolant is visible in the engine to overheat and be
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant severely damaged.
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
{ Warning
it cools down. If no problem is found, check to see Adding only plain water or some
if coolant is visible in the coolant
If coolant is visible but the coolant other liquid to the cooling system
surge tank. If coolant is visible but
level is not at or above the mark can be dangerous. Plain water
the coolant level is not at the
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of indicated level mark, add a 50/ and other liquids, can boil before
clean drinkable water and 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water the proper coolant mixture will.
DEX-COOL coolant. and DEX-COOL coolant at the The coolant warning system is set
coolant surge tank, but be sure the for the proper coolant mixture.
Be sure the cooling system is cool
cooling system, including the With plain water or the wrong
before this is done.
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is mixture, the engine could get too
If no coolant is visible in the coolant cool before you do it. hot but you would not get the
surge tank, add coolant as follows: overheat warning. The engine
{ Warning could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/
Steam and scalding liquids from a 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
hot cooling system can blow out water and DEX-COOL coolant.
and burn you badly. Never turn
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 235
Caution
In cold weather, water can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator,
heater core, and other parts. Use
the recommended coolant and 1.4L Engine Shown, 1.8L Engine
the proper coolant mixture. Similar
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
{ Warning system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
You can be burned if you spill upper radiator hose, is no 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
coolant on hot engine parts. longer hot. the proper DEX-COOL coolant
Coolant contains ethylene glycol mixture to the indicated
Turn the pressure cap slowly
and it will burn if the engine parts level mark.
counterclockwise about
are hot enough. Do not spill one-quarter of a turn. If you 4. With the coolant surge tank
coolant on a hot engine. hear a hiss, wait for that to pressure cap off, start the
stop. This will allow any engine and let it run until you
pressure still left to be vented can feel the upper radiator
out the discharge hose. hose getting hot. Watch out for
the engine cooling fan.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly and remove it.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
236 Vehicle Care
By this time, the coolant level Engine Overheating If Steam Is Coming from the
inside the coolant surge tank Engine Compartment
may be lower. If the level is The vehicle has an indicator to warn
lower, add more of the proper of the engine overheating.
DEX-COOL coolant mixture to If the decision is made not to lift the
{ Warning
the coolant surge tank until the hood when this warning appears, Steam from an overheated engine
level reaches the indicated get service help right away. See can burn you badly, even if you
level mark. Roadside Assistance Program just open the hood. Stay away
5. Replace the pressure cap 0 322. from the engine if you see or hear
tightly. If the decision is made to lift the steam coming from it. Just turn it
Check the level in the coolant surge hood, make sure the vehicle is off and get everyone away from
tank when the cooling system has parked on a level surface. the vehicle until it cools down.
cooled down. If the coolant is not at Then check to see if the engine Wait until there is no sign of
the proper level, repeat Steps 1 cooling fan is running. If the engine steam or coolant before you open
3 and reinstall the pressure cap. is overheating, the fan should be the hood.
If the coolant still is not at the proper running. If it is not, do not continue If you keep driving when the
level when the system cools down to run the engine. Have the vehicle engine is overheated, the liquids
again, see your dealer. serviced. in it can catch fire. You or others
could be badly burned. Stop the
Caution Caution engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
If the pressure cap is not tightly Running the engine without is cool.
installed, coolant loss and coolant may cause damage or a
possible engine damage may fire. Vehicle damage would not be
occur. Be sure the cap is properly covered by the vehicle warranty.
and tightly secured.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 237
If No Steam Is Coming from If the overheat warning no longer Adding Washer Fluid
the Engine Compartment displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
If an engine overheat warning is for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
displayed but no steam can be seen vehicle distance from the vehicle in
or heard, the problem may not be front. If the warning does not come
too serious. Sometimes the engine back on, continue to drive normally
can get a little too hot when the and have the cooling system
vehicle: checked for proper fill and function.
Open the cap with the washer
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
If the warning continues, pull over, symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
. Stops after high-speed driving. stop, and park the vehicle the tank is full. See Engine
. right away. Compartment Overview 0 223 for
Idles for long periods in traffic.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the reservoir location.
If the overheat warning is displayed
engine for three minutes while
with no sign of steam: Caution
parked. If the warning is still
1. Turn the air conditioning off. displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down. . Do not use washer fluid that
2. Turn the heater on to the contains any type of water
highest temperature and to the repellent coating. This can
highest fan speed. Open the Washer Fluid cause the wiper blades to
windows as necessary. chatter or skip.
What to Use
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off . Do not use engine coolant
the road, shift to P (Park) or When the vehicle needs windshield
washer fluid, be sure to read the (antifreeze) in the
N (Neutral) for an automatic windshield washer. It can
transmission or Neutral for a manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an damage the windshield
manual transmission, and let washer system and paint.
the engine idle. area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has (Continued)
sufficient protection against
freezing.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
238 Vehicle Care
heard all the time when the vehicle evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
Caution (Continued) is moving, except when applying the proper sequence to torque
brake pedal firmly. specifications. See Capacities and
. Do not mix water with Specifications 0 315.
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the { Warning Brake pads should be replaced as
solution to freeze and complete sets.
The brake wear warning sound
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the means that soon the brakes will Brake Pedal Travel
washer system. not work well. That could lead to See your dealer if the brake pedal
a crash. When the brake wear does not return to normal height,
. When using concentrated warning sound is heard, have the or if there is a rapid increase in
washer fluid, follow the vehicle serviced. pedal travel. This could be a sign
manufacturer instructions for
that brake service may be required.
adding water.
. Fill the washer fluid tank Replacing Brake System Parts
only three-quarters full when Caution Always replace brake system parts
it is very cold. This allows with new, approved replacement
Continuing to drive with worn-out
for fluid expansion if parts. If this is not done, the brakes
freezing occurs, which could brake pads could result in costly
brake repair. may not work properly. The braking
damage the tank if it is performance expected can change
completely full. in many other ways if the wrong
Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are
can cause a brake squeal when the installed or parts are improperly
Brakes brakes are first applied or lightly installed.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean
indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes.
warning sound when the brake pads Properly torqued wheel nuts are
are worn and new pads are needed. necessary to help prevent brake
The sound can come and go or be pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 239
Brake Fluid Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Brake fluid absorbs water over time.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Replace brake fluid at the specified
If fluid is added when the linings are intervals to prevent increased
worn, there will be too much fluid stopping distance. See Maintenance
when new brake linings are Schedule 0 302.
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done What to Add
on the brake/clutch hydraulic Use only GM approved DOT 3
system. brake fluid from a clean, sealed
The brake/clutch master cylinder container. See Recommended
reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
fluid as indicated on the reservoir { Warning Fluids and Lubricants 0 311.
cap. See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 223 for the location of
If too much brake fluid is added, it { Warning
can spill on the engine and burn,
the reservoir. The wrong or contaminated brake
if the engine is hot enough. You
There are only two reasons why the or others could be burned, and fluid could result in damage to the
brake fluid level in the reservoir the vehicle could be damaged. brake system. This could result in
might go down: Add brake fluid only when work is the loss of braking leading to a
. Normal brake lining wear. When done on the brake hydraulic possible injury. Always use the
new linings are installed, the system. proper brake fluid.
fluid level goes back up.
. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
hydraulic system. Have the low level, the brake warning light Caution
brake/clutch hydraulic system comes on. See Brake System
fixed. With a leak, the brakes will Warning Light 0 102. If brake fluid is spilled on the
not work well. vehicle's painted surfaces, the
Always clean the brake fluid paint finish can be damaged.
reservoir cap and the area around Immediately wash off any painted
the cap before removing it. surface.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
240 Vehicle Care
Battery - North America Vehicle Storage Starter Switch Check

The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove { Warning { Warning
the cap and do not add fluid.
Batteries have acid that can burn When you are doing this
Refer to the replacement number you and gas that can explode. inspection, the vehicle could
shown on the original battery label You can be badly hurt if you are move suddenly. If the vehicle
when a new battery is needed. See not careful. See Jump Starting - moves, you or others could be
Engine Compartment Overview North America 0 287 for tips on injured.
0 223 for battery location. working around a battery without
getting hurt.
{ Warning 1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
WARNING: Battery posts, Infrequent Usage: Remove the around the vehicle.
terminals, and related black, negative () cable from the
2. Apply both the parking brake
accessories contain lead and lead battery to keep the battery from
and the regular brake.
compounds, chemicals known to running down.
Do not use the accelerator
the State of California to cause Extended Storage: Remove the
pedal, and be ready to turn off
cancer and birth defects or other black, negative () cable from the
the engine immediately if it
reproductive harm. Batteries also battery or use a battery trickle
starts.
contain other chemicals known to charger.
the State of California to cause 3. For automatic transmission
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER vehicles, try to start the engine
HANDLING. See California in each gear. The vehicle
Proposition 65 Warning 0 220. should start only in P (Park) or
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 241
For manual transmission 2. Apply the parking brake. Be On all vehicles, the ignition key
vehicles, put the shift lever in ready to apply the regular should come out only in LOCK/OFF.
Neutral, push the clutch pedal brake immediately if the vehicle Contact your dealer if service is
down halfway, and try to start begins to move. required.
the engine. The vehicle should 3. With the engine off, turn the
start only when the clutch
pedal is pushed down all the
ignition on, but do not start the Park Brake and P (Park)
engine. Without applying the
way to the floor. If the vehicle regular brake, try to move the
Mechanism Check
starts when the clutch pedal is shift lever out of P (Park) with
not pushed all the way down,
contact your dealer for service.
normal effort. If the shift lever { Warning
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service. When you are doing this check,
Automatic Transmission the vehicle could begin to move.
Shift Lock Control Ignition Transmission You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Function Check Lock Check Make sure there is room in front
While parked, and with the parking of the vehicle in case it begins to
{ Warning brake set, try to turn the ignition to roll. Be ready to apply the regular
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever brake at once should the vehicle
When you are doing this position. begin to move.
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle . For automatic transmission
moves, you or others could be vehicles, the ignition should turn Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
injured. to LOCK/OFF only when the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
shift lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set
. For manual transmission the parking brake.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room vehicles, the ignition should turn . To check the parking brake's
around the vehicle. It should be to LOCK/OFF only when the holding ability: With the engine
parked on a level surface. shift lever is in neutral. running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
242 Vehicle Care
pressure from the regular brake

pedal. Do this until the vehicle is Caution
held by the parking brake only.
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
. To check the P (Park) the windshield when no wiper
mechanism's holding ability: blade is installed could damage
With the engine running, shift to the windshield. Any damage that
P (Park). Then release the occurs would not be covered by 3. Install the new blade onto the
parking brake followed by the the vehicle warranty. Do not allow arm and make sure the tabs
regular brake. are fully set in the locked
the wiper arm to touch the
Contact your dealer if service is windshield. position.
required. 4. Repeat the steps for the other
To replace the windshield wiper wiper.
Wiper Blade Replacement blade: Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
Front Wiper Blade 1. Pull the windshield wiper
Replacement assembly away from the
Windshield wiper blades should be windshield.
inspected for wear or cracking. See
the Maintenance Schedule 0 302 for
more information.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper
windshield wiper blade length and
type, see Maintenance 2. Squeeze the tabs on each side
Replacement Parts 0 312. of the wiper blade assembly
and slide the assembly off the
end of the wiper arm.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 243
1. Pull the wiper arm a short Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement

distance away from the
glass (1). Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs
2. Pull the blade out from
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, 0 247.
the arm (2).
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure
It may require extra effort to
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
remove the old blade.
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
3. Once the blade pin disengages

from the wiper arm, remove the
wiper blade by sliding the pin
out of the guide hole.
4. Reverse the steps to install the
new blade.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
244 Vehicle Care
Headlamps, Front Turn 2. For the driver side bulb, 7. Reconnect the wiring harness
remove the windshield washer connector.
Signal and Parking bottle filler neck by turning it
Lamps 8. Install the headlamp bulb
one-quarter turn access cover.
counterclockwise and pulling it
straight up and out of the 9. For the driver side bulb,
bottle. replace the windshield washer
bottle filler neck by turning it
one-quarter turn clockwise into
the bottle.
Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 222.
Passenger Side Shown, Driver

Side Similar
1. High-Beam Headlamp 3. Remove the headlamp bulb

2. Low-Beam Headlamp access cover.
3. Parking/Turn Signal Lamps
4. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
High-Beam Headlamp/ and pull straight back.
Low-Beam Headlamp 5. Disconnect the wiring harness
1. Open the hood. See Hood connector from the bulb.
0 222. 6. Install the new bulb in the
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 245
2. Remove the parking/turn signal 5. Reconnect the electrical 5. Install the new bulb by turning
lamp bulb socket from the connector. it clockwise into the assembly.
headlamp assembly by turning 6. Reconnect the electrical
counterclockwise. Fog Lamps (RS) connector.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb To replace the front fog lamp bulb: 7. Replace the cap on the back of
socket by pulling it straight out. the fog lamp assembly.
1. Locate the fog lamp cover
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb behind the front fascia.
socket. Taillamps, Turn Signal,
5. Install the bulb socket into the Stoplamps, and Back-Up
headlamp assembly by turning Lamps
clockwise.
Fog Lamps (LS, LT,

and LTZ)
To replace the front fog lamp bulb:
1. Locate the fog lamp cover
behind the front fascia.
2. Disconnect the electrical
connector from the fog lamp
bulb assembly. 2. Remove the cap from the back
of the fog lamp assembly.
3. Remove the bulb by turning it
counterclockwise and pulling it 3. Disconnect the electrical
straight out of the assembly. connector from the fog lamp Sedan Taillamp Shown, Hatchback
bulb assembly. Taillamp Similar
4. Install the new bulb by turning
it clockwise into the assembly. 4. Remove the bulb by turning it
1. Back-up Lamp
counterclockwise and pulling it
straight out of the assembly. 2. Turn Signal Lamp
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
246 Vehicle Care
3. Stop Lamp/Taillamp 4. Remove the bulb socket from License Plate Lamp
4. Sidemarker Lamp the taillamp assembly by
turning it counterclockwise.
To replace one of these bulbs:
5. Remove the bulb by pulling it
1. Open the trunk.
straight out.
6. Install a new bulb into the bulb
socket.
7. Install the bulb socket into the
taillamp assembly by turning it
clockwise.
8. Install the taillamp assembly
and tighten the two screws.
Lamp Assembly
2. Remove the two screws, which

secure the taillamp assembly.
3. Remove the taillamp assembly
by pulling it straight back until
the two posts disengage from
the grommets.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 247
3. Turn the bulb socket (1) Replacement Bulbs

counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3). Bulb
Exterior Lamp
Number
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1). Back-Up Lamp 921
5. Push the replacement bulb Front Fog Lamp H8
straight into the bulb socket Front Parking/Turn 7444NA
and turn the bulb socket Signal Lamp
clockwise to install it into the
lamp assembly. High-Beam 9005LL
Headlamp
6. Turn the lamp assembly into
Bulb Assembly the lamp assembly opening License Plate Lamp W5W LL
engaging the clip side first. Low-Beam H11
1. Bulb Socket Headlamp
7. Push on the lamp side opposite
2. Bulb the clip until the lamp assembly
3. Lamp Assembly Rear 194LL
snaps into place. Sidemarker Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs:
Rear Turn 4157NAK
1. Push the left end of the lamp Signal Lamp
assembly toward the right.
Stop Lamp/Taillamp 7444LL
2. Turn the lamp assembly down
to remove it. For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
248 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit

An electrical overload may cause Breakers
Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away
The vehicle has fuses and circuit combination of fuses, circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers to protect against an breakers, and fusible thermal links.
remain off.
electrical system overload. This greatly reduces the chance of
Windshield Wipers fires caused by electrical problems.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to Look at the silver-colored band
and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield inside the fuse. If the band is broken
until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. you replace a bad fuse with a new
greatly reduces the chance of circuit one of the identical size and rating.
Although the circuit is protected
overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload Fuses of the same amperage can
electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may be temporarily borrowed from
Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. another fuse location, if a fuse goes
power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow out. Replace the fuse as soon as
from the windshield before using the you can.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers.
of the identical size and rating.
If the overload is caused by an
If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or
a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed.
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 249
Engine Compartment To access the fuses, press the clips The vehicle may not be equipped
together, and lift the cover. To with all of the fuses, relays, and
Fuse Block reinstall the cover, push the cover features shown.
LUV and LUW Engines until it is secure. Mini Fuses Usage
1 Antilock Brake
System Valve
2 Sunroof
4 Rear Wiper
5 Regulated Voltage
Control
6 Antilock Brake
System Fluid
7 Automatic Occupant
Sensing/ROS
The engine compartment fuse block 8 Outside Rearview
is on the driver side of the vehicle, Mirror
near the battery. 10 Rear Window
Defogger
Caution
12 Heated Outside
Spilling liquid on any electrical Rearview Mirror
component on the vehicle may 13 Heated Front Seat
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical 14 Fuel System Control
component. Module 1
15 Flex Fuel
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
250 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Relays Usage

16 Washer 29 Transmission Control RLY 1 Front Wiper Control
Module Relay
17 Fuel Pump (1.8L)
30 Horn RLY 2 Front Wiper Speed
18 Engine Control
Relay
Module 5 31 Front Fog Lamps
RLY 3 Rear Window Defogger
19 Fuel System Control 32 Left High Beam
Relay
Module 2/Leveling
33 Right High Beam
RLY 4 Run/Crank Relay
20 Transmission Control
SPARE Spare
Module 1 RLY 6 Fuel Pump Relay (1.8L)
21 Engine Control J-Case Usage RLY 7 Cooling Fan K2
Module 1 Fuses Relay (1.4L)
22 Coil 1 Antilock Brake RLY 8 Cooling Fan K3 Relay
System Pump (1.8L), Cooling Fan K3
23 Engine Control
High Current
Module 4 2 Front Wiper Relay (1.4L)
24 Engine Control 3 Blower RLY 9 Powertrain Relay
Module 3
4 Run/Crank IEC RLY 10 Start High Current
25 Engine Control
6 Cooling Fan K5 Relay
Module 2
7 Cooling Fan K4 RLY 11 Air Conditioning
26 Injector/Ignition Coil
Compressor Clutch
27 Engine Control 8 EVP Relay
Module 9 Start RLY 12 High-Beam Relay
28 Air Conditioning
RLY 13 Cooling Fan K1 Relay
Compressor Clutch
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 251
LWE Engine Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

1 Antilock Brake 20 Engine Control
System Valve Module 5
2 Sunroof 21 Fuel System
Control Module 2/
5 Outside Rearview
Leveling
Mirror
22 Transmission
6 AOS/ROS
Control Module 1/
7 ABS Oil DC-DC Converter
8 Regulated Voltage 24 Engine Control
Control Module 1
9 Rear Wiper 25 Coil
10 Not Used/IBS* 26 Engine Control
Module 4
11 Rear Window
Defogger 27 Engine Control
Module 3
13 Not Used/SAI
Valve* 28 Engine Control
Module 2
14 Heated Outside
Rearview Mirror 29 Injector/
Ignition Coil
15 Heated Seat Front
30 Engine Control
16 Fuel System
Module
The vehicle may not be equipped Control Module 1
with all of the fuses, relays, and 31 Air Conditioning
17 Canister Vent
features shown. Compressor Clutch
18 Washer
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
252 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Micro Usage Mini Relays Usage

Relays
32 Transmission RLY 11 P/T
Control Module RLY 1 Front Wiper
RLY 15 Cooling Fan K1
Control
33 Horn
RLY 3 Front Wiper Speed * = If equipped
34 Front Fog Lamps
35 Left High Beam HC-Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse
36 Right High Beam Relays Block
RLY 12 Start
J-Case Usage
Fuses U-Micro Usage
1 Front Wiper Relays
2 Antilock Brake RLY 6 Not Used/SAI
System Pump Valve*
3 Blower RLY 13 Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch
4 Run/Crank IEC
RLY 14 High-Beam
6 Cooling Fan K4
Headlamps
7 Cooling Fan K5
8 SAI Pump* Mini Relays Usage The instrument panel fuse block is
RLY 4 Rear Defogger on the underside of the driver side
9 EVP
instrument panel.
10 Start RLY 5 Run/Crank
RLY 9 SAI Pump*
RLY 10 Cooling Fan K3
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 253
Number Usage Number Usage

1 DLIS 14 Instrument Cluster
2 Data Link 15 OnStar
Connector
16 Rear Parking
3 Airbag Assist
4 Liftgate 17 Rain Sensing
Wiper
5 Spare
18 Audio
6 Body Control
Module 8 19 Trailer
7 Body Control 20 VLBS/FCA/LDW
Module 7
21 CHEVYSTAR
8 Body Control
22 Heating,
Module 6
Ventilation, Air
9 Body Control Conditioning
Module 5
23 HDLP ALC
10 Body Control
24 Clutch
Module 4
25 Instrument Cluster/
11 Body Control
Automatic
Module 3
Occupant Sensing
The vehicle may not be equipped 12 Body Control
with all of the fuses, relays, and 26 Airbag Run/Crank
Module 2
features shown. 27 Run Relay
13 Body Control
Module 1 28 Liftgate Release
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
254 Vehicle Care
Number Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

29 Trailer Run/Crank
Tires . Underinflated tires pose
30 Clock Spring the same danger as
Every new GM vehicle has
31 Heating,
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
Ventilation, and Air resulting crash could
Conditioning leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for cause serious injury.
32 Spare information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently
warranty and where to get to maintain the
33 Sunroof
service. For additional recommended pressure.
34 Cigarette Lighter Tire pressure should be
information refer to the tire
35 Spare manufacturer. checked when the tires
are cold.
36 Rear Power
Windows { Warning . Overinflated tires are
37 Front Power
more likely to be cut,
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
Windows
improperly used tires are a sudden impact such
38 RAP/ACCY dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
39 DC/DC Converter . Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
40 Driver Power cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
Window Express result of too much . Worn or old tires can
Up/Down flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
41 PTC2 blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
42 PTC1 Limits 0 187. (Continued)
43 Battery Connector (Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 255
and weather conditions. Original for details regarding winter tire

Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's availability and proper tire selection.
specific tire performance criteria Also, see Buying New Tires 0 268.
. Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code
have been damaged by With winter tires, there may be
molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction,
impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter
. of this TPC code, which will
Improperly repaired tires tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
be MS. handling and braking.
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is . Use tires of the same brand and
center should repair, tread type on all four wheel
expected. All-season tires provide
replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most positions.
mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the
. Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of same size, load range, and
excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter speed rating as the original
(35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
See Winter Tires 0 255.
surfaces such as snow, Winter tires with the same speed
mud, ice, etc. Excessive Winter Tires rating as the original equipment tires
spinning may cause the may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
equipped with winter tires. Winter tires with a lower speed rating are
tires are designed for increased chosen, never exceed the tire's
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered maximum speed capability.
roads. Consider installing winter
This vehicle may come with
tires on the vehicle if frequent
all-season tires. These tires are
driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall
roads is expected. See your dealer
performance on most road surfaces
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
256 Vehicle Care
Summer Tires Caution (Continued)

This vehicle may come with high
performance summer tires. These use. If the tires have been
tires have a special tread and subjected to 7 C (20 F) or less,
compound that are optimized for let them warm up in a heated
maximum dry and wet road space to at least 5 C (40 F) for
performance. This special tread and 24 hours or more before being
compound will have decreased installed or driving a vehicle on
performance in cold climates, and which they are installed. Do not
on ice and snow. It is recommended apply heat or blow heated air
that winter tires be installed on the directly on the tires. Always
vehicle if frequent driving at inspect tires before use. See Tire
temperatures below approximately Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
Inspection 0 266.
5 C (40 F) or on ice or snow (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
covered roads is expected. See combination of letters and
Winter Tires 0 255. Tire Sidewall Labeling numbers used to define a
Useful information about a tire is particular tire's width, height,
Caution aspect ratio, construction type,
molded into its sidewall. The
High performance summer tires examples show a typical and service description. See the
have rubber compounds that lose passenger vehicle tire and a Tire Size illustration later in this
flexibility and may develop compact spare tire sidewall. section.
surface cracks in the tread area (2) TPC Spec (Tire
at temperatures below 7 C (20 Performance Criteria
F). Always store high Specification) : Original
performance summer tires equipment tires designed to
indoors and at temperatures GM's specific tire performance
above 7 C (20 F) when not in criteria have a TPC specification
(Continued) code molded onto the sidewall.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 257
GM's TPC specifications meet or manufacturer and plant code,

exceed all federal safety tire size, and date the tire was
guidelines. manufactured. The TIN is
(3) DOT (Department of molded onto both sides of the
Transportation) : The tire, although only one side may
Department of Transportation have the date of manufacture.
(DOT) code indicates that the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
tire is in compliance with the of cord and number of plies in
U.S. Department of the sidewall and under the tread.
Transportation Motor Vehicle (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Safety Standards. Grading (UTQG) : Tire Compact Spare Tire Example
DOT Tire Date of manufacturers are required to
Manufacture : The last four grade tires based on three (1) Tire Ply Material : The type
digits of the TIN indicate the tire performance factors: treadwear, of cord and number of plies in
manufactured date. The first two traction, and temperature the sidewall and under the tread.
digits represent the week (01 resistance. For more information (2) Temporary Use Only : The
52) and the last two digits, the see Uniform Tire Quality compact spare tire or temporary
year. For example, the third Grading 0 270. use tire should not be driven at
week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that The compact spare tire is for
of 0310. can be carried and the emergency use when a regular
(4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to road tire has lost air and gone
(TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. flat. If the vehicle has a compact
following the DOT (Department spare tire, see Compact Spare
of Transportation) code are the Tire 0 286 and If a Tire Goes
Tire Identification Number (TIN). Flat 0 273.
The TIN shows the
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
258 Vehicle Care
(3) Tire Identification Number construction type, and service

(TIN) : The letters and numbers description. The letter T as the
following the DOT (Department first character in the tire size
of Transportation) code are the means the tire is for temporary
Tire Identification Number (TIN). use only.
The TIN shows the (7) TPC Spec (Tire
manufacturer and plant code, (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
Performance Criteria The United States version of a
tire size, and date the tire was Specification) : Original
manufactured. The TIN is metric tire sizing system. The
equipment tires designed to letter P as the first character in
molded onto both sides of the GM's specific tire performance
tire, although only one side may the tire size means a passenger
criteria have a TPC specification vehicle tire engineered to
have the date of manufacture. code molded onto the sidewall. standards set by the U.S. Tire
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation GM's TPC specifications meet or and Rim Association.
Load Limit : Maximum load that exceed all federal safety
can be carried and the guidelines. (2) Tire Width : The three-digit
maximum pressure needed to number indicates the tire section
support that load. Tire Designations width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(5) Tire Inflation : The Tire Size
temporary use tire or compact (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
The following is an example of a number that indicates the tire
spare tire should be inflated to
typical passenger vehicle height-to-width measurements.
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
tire size. For example, if the tire size
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
0 261. item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
(6) Tire Size : A combination of 60 percent as high as it is wide.
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 259
(4) Construction Code : A letter the tire. Air pressure is Cold Tire Pressure : The
code is used to indicate the type expressed in kPa (kilopascal) amount of air pressure in a tire,
of ply construction in the tire. or psi (pounds per square inch). measured in kPa (kilopascal)
The letter R means radial ply Accessory Weight : The or psi (pounds per square inch)
construction; the letter D means combined weight of optional before a tire has built up heat
diagonal or bias ply accessories. Some examples of from driving. See Tire Pressure
construction; and the letter B optional accessories are 0 261.
means belted-bias ply automatic transmission, power Curb Weight : The weight of a
construction. windows, power seats, and air motor vehicle with standard and
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of conditioning. optional equipment including the
the wheel in inches. Aspect Ratio : The relationship maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
(6) Service Description : These of a tire's height to its width. and coolant, but without
characters represent the load passengers and cargo.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of
index and speed rating of the cords between the plies and the DOT Markings : A code molded
tire. The load index represents tread. Cords may be made from into the sidewall of a tire
the load carrying capacity a tire steel or other reinforcing signifying that the tire is in
is certified to carry. The speed materials. compliance with the U.S.
rating is the maximum speed a Department of Transportation
tire is certified to carry a load. Bead : The tire bead contains (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
steel wires wrapped by steel Standards. The DOT code
Tire Terminology and cords that hold the tire onto includes the Tire Identification
Definitions the rim. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire designator which can also
Air Pressure : The amount of identify the tire manufacturer,
air inside the tire pressing in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than production plant, brand, and
outward on each square inch of date of production.
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
260 Vehicle Care
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure : contains a whitewall, bears
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits The maximum air pressure to white lettering, or bears
0 187. which a cold tire can be inflated. manufacturer, brand, and/or
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight The maximum air pressure is model name molding that is
Rating for the front axle. See molded onto the sidewall. higher or deeper than the same
Vehicle Load Limits 0 187. Maximum Load Rating : The moldings on the other sidewall
load rating for a tire at the of the tire.
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See maximum permissible inflation Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
Vehicle Load Limits 0 187. pressure for that tire. tire used on passenger cars and
Maximum Loaded Vehicle some light duty trucks and
Intended Outboard Sidewall : multipurpose vehicles.
The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight : The sum of curb
that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, Recommended Inflation
when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and Pressure : Vehicle
production options weight. manufacturer's recommended
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric tire inflation pressure as shown
unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight : The
number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 261 and Vehicle
tire used on light duty trucks and 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 187.
some multipurpose passenger Limits 0 187. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
vehicles. tire in which the ply cords that
Occupant Distribution :
Load Index : An assigned Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at
number ranging from 1 to 279 90 degrees to the centerline of
that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall : The the tread.
carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire
outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads
vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 261
Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire Tire Pressure

between the tread and the bead. manufacturers using
government testing procedures. Tires need the correct amount of
Speed Rating : An air pressure to operate
alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform effectively.
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 270.
Caution
operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Traction : The friction between number of designated seating Neither tire underinflation nor
the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by overinflation is good.
The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated Underinflated tires, or tires
cargo load. See Vehicle Load that do not have enough air,
Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 187. can result in:
comes into contact with
Vehicle Maximum Load on the . Tire overloading and
the road.
Tire : Load on an individual tire overheating which could
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow due to curb weight, accessory lead to a blowout.
bands, sometimes called wear weight, occupant weight, and . Premature or
bars, that show across the tread cargo weight.
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ irregular wear.
16 in) of tread remains. See Vehicle Placard : A label . Poor handling.
When It Is Time for New Tires permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle . Reduced fuel economy.
0 267.
capacity weight and the original Overinflated tires, or tires that
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality equipment tire size and have too much air, can
Grading Standards) : A tire recommended inflation pressure. result in:
information system that provides See Tire and Loading
consumers with ratings for a . Unusual wear.
Information Label under Vehicle
tire's traction, temperature, and Load Limits 0 187. (Continued)
treadwear. Ratings are
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
262 Vehicle Care
When to Check further adjustment is necessary.

Caution (Continued) If the inflation pressure is low,
Check the tires once a month or
. Poor handling. more. Do not forget the compact add air until the recommended
spare, if the vehicle has one. pressure is reached. If the
. Rough ride. inflation pressure is high, press
The cold compact spare tire
. Needless damage from pressure should be at 420 kPa on the metal stem in the center
road hazards. (60 psi). See Compact Spare of the tire valve to release air.
Tire 0 286. Recheck the tire pressure with
The Tire and Loading the tire gauge.
How to Check
Information label on the vehicle Put the valve caps back on the
indicates the original equipment Use a good quality pocket-type
valve stems to keep out dirt and
tires and the correct cold tire gauge to check tire pressure.
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
inflation pressures. The Proper tire inflation cannot be
only valve caps designed for the
recommended pressure is the determined by looking at the tire.
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
minimum air pressure needed to Check the tire inflation pressure
could be damaged and would
support the vehicle's maximum when the tires are cold, meaning
not be covered by the vehicle
load carrying capacity. See the vehicle has not been driven
warranty.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 187. for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Tire Pressure Monitor
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride Remove the valve cap from the System
comfort. Never load the vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to The Tire Pressure Monitor System
with more weight than it was (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
designed to carry. get a pressure measurement.
technology to check tire pressure
If the cold tire inflation pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
matches the recommended the air pressure in your tires and
pressure on the Tire and transmit tire pressure readings to a
Loading Information label, no receiver located in the vehicle.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 263
Each tire, including the spare (if tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation
provided), should be checked vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or
monthly when cold and inflated to ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the inflation pressure recommended Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly.
by the vehicle manufacturer on the substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
vehicle placard or tire inflation maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more
pressure label. (If your vehicle has responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
tires of a different size than the size pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or
indicated on the vehicle placard or not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
tire inflation pressure label, you illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
should determine the proper tire pressure telltale. properly.
inflation pressure for those tires.) See Tire Pressure Monitor
Your vehicle has also been
As an added safety feature, your equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 263.
vehicle has been equipped with a indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement
tire pressure monitoring system system is not operating properly. 0 328.
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire The TPMS malfunction indicator is
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor
telltale. When the system detects a
under-inflated. malfunction, the telltale will flash for
Operation
Accordingly, when the low tire approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
should stop and check your tires as This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
soon as possible, and inflate them subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
to the proper pressure. Driving on a long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
significantly under-inflated tire mounted onto each tire and wheel
When the malfunction indicator is
causes the tire to overheat and can assembly, excluding the spare tire
illuminated, the system may not be
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation and wheel assembly. The TPMS
able to detect or signal low tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire sensors monitor the air pressure in
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
264 Vehicle Care
the tires and transmit the tire could be an early indicator that the
pressure readings to a receiver air pressure is getting low and must Caution (Continued)
located in the vehicle. be inflated to the proper pressure.
the GM approved tire sealant
A Tire and Loading Information label available through your dealer or
shows the size of the original included in the vehicle.
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
Limits 0 187, for an example of the use a GM-approved liquid tire
Tire and Loading Information label sealant. Using non-approved tire
When a low tire pressure condition and its location. Also see Tire sealants could damage the TPMS
is detected, the TPMS illuminates Pressure 0 261. sensors. See Tire Sealant and
the low tire pressure warning light Compressor Kit 0 275 for
The TPMS can warn about a low information regarding the inflator kit
located on the instrument cluster.
tire pressure condition but it does materials and instructions.
If the warning light comes on, stop
not replace normal tire
as soon as possible and inflate the
maintenance. See Tire Inspection TPMS Malfunction Light
tires to the recommended pressure
0 266, Tire Rotation 0 266 and Tires
shown on the Tire and Loading The TPMS will not function properly
0 254.
Information label. See Vehicle Load if one or more of the TPMS sensors
Limits 0 187. are missing or inoperable. When the
Caution system detects a malfunction, the
The low tire pressure warning light
low tire warning light flashes for
comes on at each ignition cycle until Tire sealant materials are not all about one minute and then stays on
the tires are inflated to the correct the same. A non-approved tire for the remainder of the ignition
inflation pressure. sealant could damage the TPMS cycle. The malfunction light comes
The low tire pressure warning light sensors. TPMS sensor damage on at each ignition cycle until the
may come on in cool weather when caused by using an incorrect tire problem is corrected. Some of the
the vehicle is first started, and then sealant is not covered by the conditions that can cause this to
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This vehicle warranty. Always use only come on are:
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 265

. One of the road tires has been . Replacement tires or wheels do should go off at the next ignition
replaced with the spare tire. The not match the original equipment cycle. The sensors are matched to
spare tire does not have a tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the tire/wheel positions, using a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction other than those recommended TPMS relearn tool, in the following
light should go off after the road could prevent the TPMS from order: driver side front tire,
tire is replaced and the sensor functioning properly. See Buying passenger side front tire, passenger
matching process is performed New Tires 0 268. side rear tire, and driver side rear.
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor . Operating electronic devices or See your dealer for service or to
Matching Process" later in this being near facilities using radio purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
section. wave frequencies similar to the relearn tool can also be purchased.
. The TPMS sensor matching TPMS could cause the TPMS See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
process was not done or not sensors to malfunction. Activation Tool at
completed successfully after www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
If the TPMS is not functioning call 1-800-GM TOOLS
rotating the tires. The properly, it cannot detect or signal a
malfunction light should go off (1-800-468-6657).
low tire condition. See your dealer
after successfully completing the for service if the TPMS malfunction There are two minutes to match the
sensor matching process. See light comes on and stays on. first tire/wheel position, and
"TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four
Process" later in this section. TPMS Sensor Matching tire/wheel positions. If it takes
. One or more TPMS sensors are Process longer, the matching process stops
missing or damaged. The and must be restarted.
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
malfunction light should go off identification code. The identification The TPMS sensor matching
when the TPMS sensors are code needs to be matched to a new process is:
installed and the sensor tire/wheel position after rotating the 1. Set the parking brake.
matching process is performed tires or replacing one or more of the
successfully. See your dealer for TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
service. matching process should also be with the engine off.
performed after replacing a spare
tire with a road tire containing the
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
266 Vehicle Care
3. Press the MENU button to 10. Proceed to the passenger side Replace the tire if:
display the menu items in the rear tire, and repeat the
. The indicators at three or
Driver Information procedure in Step 8.
Center (DIC). more places around the tire
11. Proceed to the driver side rear can be seen.
4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to tire, and repeat the procedure
the Tire Learn menu item in Step 8. The horn sounds two . There is cord or fabric
screen. times to indicate the sensor showing through the tire's
5. Press and hold the SET/CLR identification code has been rubber.
button to begin the sensor matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor . The tread or sidewall is
matching process. cracked, cut, or snagged
matching process is no longer
6. The horn sounds twice to active. The TIRE LEARN deep enough to show cord or
signal the receiver is in relearn message on the DIC display fabric.
mode and the TIRE LEARN screen goes off.
message displays on the DIC . The tire has a bump, bulge,
screen. 12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. or split.
7. Start with the driver side 13. Set all four tires to the . The tire has a puncture, cut,
recommended air pressure
front tire. or other damage that cannot
level as indicated on the Tire
8. Place the relearn tool against and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of
the tire sidewall, near the valve the size or location of the
stem. Then press the button to Tire Inspection damage.
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the We recommend that the tires, Tire Rotation
sensor identification code has including the spare tire, if the
been matched to this tire and vehicle has one, be inspected Tires should be rotated every
wheel position. for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
least once a month. Maintenance Schedule 0 302.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 267
Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when

more uniform wear for all tires. rotating the tires. Warning (Continued)
The first rotation is the most Do not include the compact off and cause an accident. When
important. spare tire in the tire rotation. changing a wheel, remove any
Anytime unusual wear is rust or dirt from places where the
Adjust the front and rear tires to wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
noticed, rotate the tires as soon the recommended inflation
as possible, check for proper tire an emergency, a cloth or a paper
pressure on the Tire and towel can be used; however, use
inflation pressure, and check for Loading Information label after
damaged tires or wheels. If the a scraper or wire brush later to
the tires have been rotated. See remove all rust or dirt.
unusual wear continues after the Tire Pressure 0 261 and Vehicle
rotation, check the wheel Load Limits 0 187.
alignment. See When It Is Time Lightly coat the center of the
for New Tires 0 267 and Wheel Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor wheel hub with wheel bearing
Replacement 0 272. System. See Tire Pressure grease after a wheel change or
Monitor Operation 0 263. tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Check that all wheel nuts are or rust build-up. Do not get
properly tightened. See Wheel grease on the flat wheel
Nut Torque under Capacities mounting surface or on the
and Specifications 0 315. wheel nuts or bolts.
{ Warning When It Is Time for New

Tires
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
make wheel nuts become loose
vehicle loading, and road conditions
after time. The wheel could come
affect the wear rate of the tires.
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
268 Vehicle Care
tire manufacture date is the last four Buying New Tires

digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched
one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The
first two digits represent the week original equipment tires installed
(0152) and the last two digits, the were designed to meet General
year. For example, the third week of Motors Tire Performance Criteria
the year 2010 would have a Specification (TPC Spec)
four-digit DOT date of 0310. system rating. When
Vehicle Storage replacement tires are needed,
Tires age when stored normally
GM strongly recommends
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park buying tires with the same TPC
Treadwear indicators are one way to Spec rating.
a vehicle that will be stored for at
tell when it is time for new tires.
least a month in a cool, dry, clean GM's exclusive TPC Spec
Treadwear indicators appear when
area away from direct sunlight to system considers over a dozen
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
slow aging. This area should be free critical specifications that impact
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
of grease, gasoline, or other
Inspection 0 266 and Tire Rotation
substances that can deteriorate
the overall performance of the
0 266. vehicle, including brake system
rubber.
The rubber in tires ages over time. performance, ride and handling,
Parking for an extended period can traction control, and tire
This also applies to the spare tire,
cause flat spots on the tires that
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
may result in vibrations while
pressure monitoring
never used. Multiple factors performance. GM's TPC Spec
driving. When storing a vehicle for
including temperatures, loading number is molded onto the tire's
at least a month, remove the tires or
conditions, and inflation pressure sidewall near the tire size. If the
raise the vehicle to reduce the
maintenance affect how fast aging tires have an all-season tread
weight from the tires.
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
design, the TPC Spec number
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 269
will be followed by MS for mud tires maximum speed capability

and snow. See Tire Sidewall when using winter tires with a { Warning
Labeling 0 256. lower speed rating. Using bias-ply tires on the
GM recommends replacing worn vehicle may cause the wheel
tires in complete sets of four. { Warning rim flanges to develop cracks
Uniform tread depth on all tires Tires could explode during after many miles of driving.
will help to maintain the improper service. Attempting A tire and/or wheel could fail
performance of the vehicle. to mount or dismount a tire suddenly and cause a crash.
Braking and handling could cause injury or death. Use only radial-ply tires with
performance may be adversely Only your dealer or authorized the wheels on the vehicle.
affected if all the tires are not tire service center should
replaced at the same time. mount or dismount the tires. If the vehicle tires must be
If proper rotation and replaced with a tire that does not
maintenance have been done, have a TPC Spec number, make
all four tires should wear out at sure they are the same size,
about the same time. See Tire { Warning load range, speed rating, and
Rotation 0 266. However, if it is construction (radial) as the
Mixing tires of different sizes,
necessary to replace only one original tires.
brands, or types may cause
axle set of worn tires, place the
loss of control of the vehicle, Vehicles that have a tire
new tires on the rear axle.
resulting in a crash or other pressure monitoring system
Winter tires with the same speed vehicle damage. Use the could give an inaccurate
rating as the original equipment correct size, brand, and type low-pressure warning if non-TPC
tires may not be available for H, of tires on all wheels. Spec rated tires are installed.
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated See Tire Pressure Monitor
tires. Never exceed the winter System 0 262.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
270 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading most passenger car tires. The

Information label indicates the Warning (Continued) Uniform Tire Quality Grading
original equipment tires on the tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
0 187. increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with
and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of
Different Size Tires and specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
Wheels developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
have them properly installed by a tires.
If wheels or tires are installed that
GM certified technician. While the tires available on
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle General Motors passenger cars
performance, including its braking, See Buying New Tires 0 268 and and light trucks may vary with
ride and handling characteristics, Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they
stability, and resistance to rollover 0 220. must also conform to federal
may be affected. If the vehicle has safety requirements and
electronic systems such as antilock Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance The following information relates standards.
of these systems can also be to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found
affected. United States National Highway where applicable on the tire
Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder
{ Warning (NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For
treadwear, traction, and example:
If different sized wheels are used,
temperature performance. This
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
(Continued) are molded on the sidewalls of
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 271
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained

Temperature A high temperature can cause the
The traction grades, from
All Passenger Car Tires Must highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, material of the tire to degenerate
Conform to Federal Safety and C. Those grades represent and reduce tire life, and
Requirements In Addition To the tire's ability to stop on wet excessive temperature can lead
These Grades. pavement as measured under to sudden tire failure. The grade
controlled conditions on C corresponds to a level of
Treadwear performance which all
specified government test
The treadwear grade is a surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet
comparative rating based on the concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety
wear rate of the tire when tested have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and
under controlled conditions on a Warning: The traction grade A represent higher levels of
specified government test assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory
course. For example, a tire straight-ahead braking traction test wheel than the minimum
graded 150 would wear one and tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The
one-half (1) times as well on acceleration, cornering, temperature grade for this tire is
the government course as a tire hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is
graded 100. The relative characteristics. properly inflated and not
performance of tires depends overloaded. Excessive speed,
upon the actual conditions of Temperature underinflation, or excessive
their use, however, and may The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in
depart significantly from the (the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat
norm due to variations in driving representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure.
habits, service practices and to the generation of heat and its
differences in road ability to dissipate heat when
characteristics and climate. tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
272 Vehicle Care
Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
repaired. See your dealer if any of
Balance these conditions exist.
The tires and wheels were aligned The wrong wheel can also cause
Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake
and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
provide the longest tire life and best cooling, speedometer or
overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp
wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle
are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire
basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and
if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces. chassis.
vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels
the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new
crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts.
surface variations such as troughs { Warning
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used
road, the tires and wheels may need one is dangerous. How it has
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
for proper diagnosis. driven may be unknown. It could
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a
Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment
Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing wheel.
cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement.
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 273
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat

{ Warning
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
{ Warning while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire.
Do not use tire chains. There is 0 254. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been
not enough clearance. Tire chains much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely
used on a vehicle without the But if there is ever a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a
proper amount of clearance can are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash.
cause damage to the brakes, and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
suspension, or other vehicle that has been driven on while
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
parts. The area damaged by the severely underinflated or flat.
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
tire chains could cause loss of toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized
control and a crash. the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or
Use another type of traction steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as
device only if its manufacturer maintain lane position, and then possible.
recommends it for the vehicle's gently brake to a stop, well off the
tire size combination and road road, if possible.
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
{ Warning
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under
and readjust or remove the used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is
traction device if it contacts the accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and
If traction devices are used, install very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with
them on the front tires. to a stop, well off the road,
the vehicle, it is designed only for
if possible.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
274 Vehicle Care
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) use the following example as a
guide to assist you in the placement
be badly injured or killed if the 2. Put an automatic of wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack transmission in P (Park) or a
is provided with the vehicle, only manual transmission in
use it for changing a flat tire. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised.
to a level place, well off the road, 4. Do not allow passengers to
if possible. Turn on the hazard remain in the vehicle.
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 122. 5. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
the tire at the opposite
{ Warning corner of the tire being 2. Flat Tire
changed. The following information explains
Changing a tire can be
how to repair or change a tire.
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall This vehicle may come with a jack
causing injury or death. Find a and spare tire or a tire sealant and
level place to change the tire. To compressor kit. To use the jacking
help prevent the vehicle from equipment to change a spare tire
moving: safely, follow the instructions below.
Then see Tire Changing 0 281. To
1. Set the parking brake firmly. use the tire sealant and compressor
(Continued) kit, see Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit 0 275.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 275
Tire Sealant and Warning (Continued)

the tread area of the tire. It can also
be used to inflate an
Compressor Kit underinflated tire.
recommended pressure. Do not
If the tire has been separated from
{ Warning exceed the recommended
pressure. the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed or has a large puncture, the tire is
area with poor ventilation is too severely damaged for the tire
dangerous. Engine exhaust may sealant and compressor kit to be
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust { Warning effective. See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 322.
contains carbon monoxide (CO) Storing the tire sealant and
which cannot be seen or smelled. Read and follow all of the tire
compressor kit or other
It can cause unconsciousness sealant and compressor kit
equipment in the passenger instructions.
and even death. Never run the compartment of the vehicle could
engine in an enclosed area that cause injury. In a sudden stop or The kit includes:
has no fresh air ventilation. For collision, loose equipment could
more information, see Engine strike someone. Store the tire
Exhaust 0 197. sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
{ Warning If this vehicle has a tire sealant and

compressor kit, there may not be a
Overinflating a tire could cause spare tire or tire changing
the tire to rupture and you or equipment, and on some vehicles
others could be injured. Be sure there may not be a place to store
to read and follow the tire sealant a tire.
and compressor kit instructions
The tire sealant and compressor
and inflate the tire to its
can be used to temporarily seal 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve
(Continued) punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
276 Vehicle Care
2. Sealant/Air Hose Check the tire sealant expiration Do not remove any objects that
3. Base of Sealant Canister date on the tire sealant canister. have penetrated the tire.
4. Tire Sealant Canister The tire sealant canister (4) should 1. Remove the tire sealant
5. On/Off Button be replaced before its expiration canister (4) and compressor
6. Slot on Top of Compressor date. Replacement tire sealant from its storage location. See
7. Pressure Deflation Button canisters are available at your local Storing the Tire Sealant and
dealer. Compressor Kit 0 281.
8. Pressure Gauge
There is only enough sealant to seal 2. Remove the air only hose (10)
one tire. After usage, the tire sealant and the power plug (9) from the
canister must be replaced. bottom of the compressor.
Using the Tire Sealant and 3. Place the compressor on the
Compressor Kit to Temporarily ground near the flat tire.
Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
9. Power Plug faster.
10. Air Only Hose
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
Tire Sealant and wheel damage by driving slowly
Read and follow the safe handling to a level place. Turn on the hazard
instructions on the label adhered to warning flashers. See Hazard
the tire sealant canister (4). Warning Flashers 0 122.
4. Attach the air only hose (10) to
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 273 for the sealant canister inlet
other important safety warnings. valve (1) by turning it clockwise
until tight.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 277
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle

must be running while using
the air compressor.
10. Press the on/off button (5) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire.
The pressure gauge (8) will
initially show a high pressure
while the compressor pushes
5. Slide the base of the tire 7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) the sealant into the tire. Once
sealant canister (3) into the slot to the tire valve stem by turning the sealant is completely
on the top of the compressor it clockwise until tight. dispersed into the tire, the
(6) to hold it upright. pressure will quickly drop and
8. Plug the power plug (9) into the start to rise again as the tire
Make sure the tire valve stem accessory power outlet in the inflates with air only.
is positioned close to the vehicle. Unplug all items from
ground so the hose will other accessory power outlets. 11. Inflate the tire to the
reach it. See Power Outlets 0 94. recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
6. Remove the valve stem cap If the vehicle has an accessory gauge (8). The recommended
from the flat tire by turning it power outlet, do not use the inflation pressure can be found
counterclockwise. cigarette lighter. on the Tire and Loading
If the vehicle only has a Information label. See Tire
cigarette lighter, use the Pressure 0 261.
cigarette lighter. The pressure gauge (8) may
Do not pinch the power plug read higher than the actual tire
cord in the door or window. pressure while the compressor
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
278 Vehicle Care
is on. Turn the compressor off Therefore, Steps 1321 must 19. Return the air only hose (10)
to get an accurate pressure be done immediately after and power plug (9) back to
reading. The compressor may Step 12. their original storage location.
be turned on/off until the Be careful while handling the
correct pressure is reached. tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
Caution usage.
If the recommended pressure 13. Unplug the power plug (9) from
cannot be reached after the accessory power outlet in
approximately 25 minutes, the the vehicle.
20. If the flat tire was able to inflate
vehicle should not be driven 14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) to the recommended inflation
farther. The tire is too severely counterclockwise to remove it pressure, remove the
damaged and the tire sealant and from the tire valve stem. maximum speed label from the
compressor kit cannot inflate the 15. Replace the tire valve sealant canister and place it in
tire. Remove the power plug from stem cap. a highly visible location.
the accessory power outlet and Do not exceed the speed on
unscrew the inflating hose from 16. Remove the tire sealant
canister (4) from the slot on top this label until the damaged tire
the tire valve. See Roadside is repaired or replaced.
of the compressor (6).
Assistance Program 0 322.
17. Turn the air only hose (10) 21. Return the equipment to its
counterclockwise to remove it original storage location in the
12. Press the on/off button (5) to from the tire sealant canister vehicle.
turn the tire sealant and inlet valve (1). 22. Immediately drive the vehicle
compressor kit off.
18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
The tire is not sealed and will clockwise onto the sealant sealant in the tire.
continue to leak air until the canister inlet valve (1) to 23. Stop at a safe location and
vehicle is driven and the prevent sealant leakage. check the tire pressure. Refer
sealant is distributed in the tire.
to Steps 110 under Using the
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 279
Tire Sealant and Compressor 27. After temporarily sealing a tire 4. Tire Sealant Canister
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a using the tire sealant and 5. On/Off Button
Tire (Not Punctured). compressor kit, take the 6. Slot on Top of Compressor
If the tire pressure has fallen vehicle to an authorized dealer 7. Pressure Deflation Button
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) within 161 km (100 mi) of 8. Pressure Gauge
below the recommended driving to have the tire repaired
inflation pressure, stop driving or replaced.
the vehicle. The tire is too Using the Tire Sealant and
severely damaged and the tire Compressor Kit without
sealant cannot seal the tire. Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 322.
Punctured)
The kit includes:
If the tire pressure has not
dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, inflate the
tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
9. Power Plug
24. Wipe off any sealant from the 10. Air Only Hose
wheel, tire, or vehicle.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
25. Dispose of the used tire and wheel damage by driving slowly
sealant canister (4) at a local to a level place. Turn on the hazard
dealer or in accordance with warning flashers. See Hazard
local state codes and practices. Warning Flashers 0 122.
26. Replace it with a new canister See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 273 for
available from your dealer. 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve other important safety warnings.
2. Sealant/Air Hose
3. Base of Sealant Canister
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
280 Vehicle Care
1. Remove the compressor from If the vehicle only has a reading. The compressor may
its storage location. See cigarette lighter, use the be turned on/off until the
Storing the Tire Sealant and cigarette lighter. correct pressure is reached.
Compressor Kit 0 281. Do not pinch the power plug
2. Remove the air only hose (10) cord in the door or window. Caution
and the power plug (9) from the 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
bottom of the compressor. If the recommended pressure
must be running while using cannot be reached after
3. Place the compressor on the the air compressor. approximately 25 minutes, the
ground near the flat tire. 8. Press the on/off button (5) to vehicle should not be driven
Make sure the tire valve stem turn the tire sealant and farther. The tire is too severely
is positioned close to the compressor kit on. damaged and the tire sealant and
ground so the hose will The compressor will inflate the compressor kit cannot inflate the
reach it. tire with air only. tire. Remove the power plug from
4. Remove the valve stem cap the accessory power outlet and
9. Inflate the tire to the unscrew the inflating hose from
from the flat tire by turning it recommended inflation
counterclockwise. the tire valve. See Roadside
pressure using the pressure
Assistance Program 0 322.
5. Attach the air only hose (10) to gauge (8). The recommended
the tire valve stem by turning it inflation pressure can be found
clockwise until tight. on the Tire and Loading 10. Press the on/off button (5) to
6. Plug the power plug (9) into the Information label. See Tire turn the tire sealant and
accessory power outlet in the Pressure 0 261. compressor kit off.
vehicle. Unplug all items from The pressure gauge (8) may Be careful while handling the
other accessory power outlets. read higher than the actual tire compressor as it could be
See Power Outlets 0 94. pressure while the compressor warm after usage.
If the vehicle has an accessory is on. Turn the compressor off 11. Unplug the power plug (9) from
power outlet, do not use the to get an accurate pressure the accessory power outlet in
cigarette lighter. the vehicle.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 281
12. Turn the air only hose (10) Tire Changing

counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem. Removing the Spare Tire and
13. Replace the tire valve Tools
stem cap. The compact spare tire and tools
14. Return the air only hose (10) are located in the storage
and power plug (9) back to compartment in the rear of the
their original storage location. vehicle. The jack and tools are
stored below the spare tire.
15. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the
vehicle.
The tire sealant and compressor kit 2. Remove the tire sealant
has accessory adapters located in a canister (1) and the
compartment on the bottom of its compressor (2).
housing that can be used to inflate To store the tire sealant canister and
air mattresses, balls, etc. compressor:
Storing the Tire Sealant 1. Attach the sealant/air hose to

the sealant canister inlet valve.
and Compressor Kit
2. Return the sealant canister and
The tire sealant and compressor kit the compressor to their original
is located in the rear storage area. storage location. 1. Extension
1. Lift the trim cover. 2. Jack
3. Wheel Wrench
4. Strap
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
282 Vehicle Care
To access the spare tire and tools: Removing the Flat Tire and
1. Open the trunk or liftgate. See Installing the Spare Tire
Trunk (Sedan) 0 33 or Liftgate 1. Do a safety check before
(Hatchback) 0 35. proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
2. Lift the trim cover. Flat 0 273.
3. Turn the wheel nuts

counterclockwise to loosen
them. Do not remove them yet.
3. Turn the retainer 2. Remove the wheel cover, if the

counterclockwise and remove it vehicle has one, to reach the
from the compact spare. wheel bolts.
4. Remove the compact spare
tire. See Compact Spare Tire
0 286 for more information.
5. Remove the jack and tools
from their container and place
them near the tire being
changed.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 283
4. Place the jack at the position 8. Turn the wheel nuts

marked with a half circle. Warning (Continued) counterclockwise to
remove them.
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle 9. Remove the flat tire.
when it is supported only by
a jack. { Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
{ Warning make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
Raising the vehicle with the jack off and cause an accident. When
improperly positioned can changing a wheel, remove any
damage the vehicle and even rust or dirt from places where the
make the vehicle fall. To help wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
5. Insert the jack handle into the avoid personal injury and vehicle an emergency, a cloth or a paper
jack and the wheel wrench damage, be sure to fit the jack lift towel can be used; however, use
onto the end of the jack handle. head into the proper location a scraper or wire brush later to
6. Turn the wheel wrench before raising the vehicle. remove all rust or dirt.
clockwise until the lift head is
firmly contacting the proper 7. Turn the wheel wrench
lifting point nearest the flat tire. clockwise to raise the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough
{ Warning off the ground so there is
enough room for the compact
Getting under a vehicle when it is spare tire to fit underneath the
lifted on a jack is dangerous. wheel well.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
284 Vehicle Care
13. Lower the vehicle by turning

the wheel wrench Caution
counterclockwise. Lower the
jack completely. Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
{ Warning brake repairs, evenly tighten the
Wheel nuts that are improperly or wheel nuts in the proper
incorrectly tightened can cause sequence and to the proper
the wheels to become loose or torque specification. See
come off. The wheel nuts should Capacities and Specifications
be tightened with a torque wrench 0 315 for the wheel nut torque
to the proper torque specification specification.
10. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting after replacing. Follow the torque
surfaces, and spare wheel. specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
11. Place the compact spare tire
using accessory locking wheel
on the wheel-mounting surface.
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 315 for original
{ Warning equipment wheel nut torque
Never use oil or grease on bolts specifications.
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
12. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until 14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
the wheel is held against a crisscross sequence, as
the hub. shown.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 285
3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, in

Caution the rear storage compartment.
Wheel covers will not fit on the If the vehicle is a sedan the flat
vehicle's compact spare. If you try tire should be against the back
to put a wheel cover on the of the rear seats.
compact spare, the cover or the If the vehicle is a hatchback
spare could be damaged. the flat tire should be against
the back of the trunk.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Sedan
and Tools
{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in Hatchback
the proper place. 5. Route the strap through the
wheel, as shown.
4. Attach one end of the strap to
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools a cargo tie-down in the rear of 6. Attach the other end of the
the vehicle. strap to the other cargo
1. Return the jack and tools to
tie-down in the rear of the
their original storage location.
vehicle.
2. Replace the trim cover.
7. Tighten the strap.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
286 Vehicle Care
Storing the Compact Spare Tire Stop as soon as possible and check
and Tools that the spare tire is correctly Caution (Continued)
Reverse the instructions for inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is spare can get caught on the rails
removing the spare tire and tools to which can damage the tire, wheel,
store the compact spare tire. designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently and other parts of the vehicle.
The compact spare tire is for with the spare tire installed and it is
temporary use only. Replace the recommended that the vehicle Do not use the compact spare on
compact spare tire with a full-size speed be limited to 80 km/h other vehicles.
tire as soon as you can. See (50 mph). To conserve the tread of
Compact Spare Tire 0 286. the spare tire, have the standard tire Do not mix the compact spare tire or
repaired or replaced as soon as wheel with other wheels or tires.
Compact Spare Tire convenient and return the spare tire They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
to the storage area. and its wheel together.
{ Warning When using a compact spare tire,
Caution
the ABS and Traction Control
Driving with more than one systems may engage until the spare Tire chains will not fit the compact
compact spare tire at a time could tire is recognized by the vehicle, spare. Using them can damage
result in loss of braking and especially on slippery roads. Adjust the vehicle and the chains. Do not
handling. This could lead to a driving to reduce possible
use tire chains on the compact
crash and you or others could be wheel slip.
spare.
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time. Caution
If this vehicle has a compact spare When the compact spare is

tire, it was fully inflated when new; installed, do not take the vehicle
however, it can lose air over time. through an automatic car wash
Check the inflation pressure with guide rails. The compact
regularly. It should be 420 kPa (Continued)
(60 psi).
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 287
Jump Starting { Warning

Jump Starting - North Batteries can hurt you. They can
America be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North burn you.
America 0 240. . They contain gas that can
If the battery has run down, try to explode or ignite.
use another vehicle and some . They contain enough
jumper cables to start your vehicle. electricity to burn you.
Be sure to use the following steps to
If you do not follow these steps 1. Discharged Battery
do it safely.
exactly, some or all of these Positive Post
things can hurt you.
{ Warning 2. Discharged Battery
Negative Post
WARNING: Battery posts, 3. Good Battery Negative Post
terminals, and related Caution 4. Good Battery Positive Post
accessories contain lead and lead The jump start negative post and
compounds, chemicals known to Ignoring these steps could result positive post are on the discharged
the State of California to cause in costly damage to the vehicle battery on the driver side of the
cancer and birth defects or other that would not be covered by the vehicle.
reproductive harm. Batteries also vehicle warranty. Trying to start
The jump start positive post and
contain other chemicals known to the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
negative post are on the battery of
the State of California to cause will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle providing the jump start.
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER the vehicle.
HANDLING. See California
Proposition 65 Warning 0 220.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
288 Vehicle Care
The positive jump start connection

for the discharged battery is under a Caution { Warning
trim cover. Open the cover to
expose the terminal. If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can
plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode.
1. Check the other vehicle. starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this,
It must have a 12-volt battery damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded.
with a negative ground system. be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more
warranty. Whenever possible, turn light.
Caution off or unplug all accessories on Battery fluid contains acid that
either vehicle when jump starting. can burn you. Do not get it on
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative you. If you accidentally get it in
ground, both vehicles can be 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. your eyes or on your skin, flush
damaged. Only use a vehicle that Turn off all lights and the place with water and get
has a 12-volt system with a accessories in both vehicles, medical help immediately.
negative ground for jump starting. except the hazard warning
flashers if needed.
2. Position the two vehicles so

{ Warning { Warning
that they are not touching.
An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine
3. Set the parking brake firmly
when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
and put the shift lever in
P (Park) with an automatic and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
transmission, or Neutral with a clothing, and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
manual transmission. See underhood electric fan.
Shifting Into Park (Automatic 5. Connect one end of the red
Transmission) 0 195 with an positive (+) cable to the
automatic transmission, positive (+) terminal on the
or Parking 0 196 with a manual discharged battery.
transmission.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 289
6. Connect the other end of the Towing the Vehicle

red positive (+) cable to the Caution
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. If the jumper cables are Caution
connected or removed in the
7. Connect one end of the black wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled
negative () cable to the may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The
negative () terminal of the vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by
good battery. covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty.
8. Connect the other end of the Always connect and remove the Do not lash or hook to
black negative () cable to the jumper cables in the correct order, suspension components. Use the
negative () post for the making sure that the cables do proper straps around the tires to
discharged battery. not touch each other or other secure the vehicle.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle metal.
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
Jumper Cable Removal car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
least four minutes.
Reverse the sequence exactly when could damage the vehicle.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had removing the jumper cables.
the dead battery. If it will not Consult your dealer or a
start after a few tries, it After starting the disabled vehicle professional towing service if the
probably needs service. and removing the jumper cables, disabled vehicle must be towed.
allow it to idle for several minutes.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
290 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle . Is the proper towing equipment Dinghy Towing RS Model with
going to be used? See your Automatic Transmission
Towing dealer or trailering professional
Recreational vehicle towing means for additional advice and
towing the vehicle behind another equipment recommendations.
vehicle, such as a motor home. The . Is the vehicle ready to be
two most common types of towed? Just as preparing the
recreational vehicle towing are vehicle for a long trip, make sure
known as dinghy towing and dolly the vehicle is prepared to be
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the towed.
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the Caution
ground and two wheels up on a
Use of a shield mounted in front
device known as a dolly.
of the vehicle grille could restrict
Here are some important things to airflow and cause damage to the
consider before recreational vehicle transmission. The repairs would Caution
towing: not be covered by the vehicle
If the vehicle is towed with all four
. What is the towing capacity of warranty. If using a shield, only
wheels on the ground, the
the towing vehicle? Be sure to use one that attaches to the
drivetrain components could be
read the tow vehicle towing vehicle.
damaged. The repairs would not
manufacturer's
be covered by the vehicle
recommendations.
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
. What is the distance that will be with all four wheels on the
traveled? Some vehicles have ground.
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 291
The vehicle was not designed to be To dinghy tow the vehicle from the
towed with all four wheels on the front with all four wheels on the Caution
ground. If the vehicle must be ground:
towed, a dolly should be used. See If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
1. Position the vehicle to tow and while towing the vehicle, it could
the information on dolly towing later then secure it to the towing
in this section. be damaged. Never exceed
vehicle. 105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
Dinghy Towing All except RS 2. Shift the automatic the vehicle.
Model with Automatic transmission to P (Park) or a
Transmission manual transmission into
When dinghy towing a vehicle with 1 (First) gear and turn the
an automatic transmission, the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
vehicle should be run at the 3. Set the parking brake.
beginning of each day and at each 4. To prevent the battery from
RV fuel stop for about five minutes. draining while the vehicle is
This will ensure proper lubrication of being towed, remove the DLIS
transmission components. fuse from the instrument panel
fuse block. See Instrument
Panel Fuse Block 0 252.
5. Turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
6. Shift an automatic transmission
to N (Neutral) or a manual
Caution
transmission to Neutral. Towing the vehicle from the rear
7. Release the parking brake. could damage it. Also, repairs
Reinstall the DLIS fuse once the would not be covered by the
destination has been reached. vehicle warranty. Never have the
vehicle towed from the rear.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
292 Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing from the Front 5. Clamp the steering wheel in a Appearance Care
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing. Exterior Care
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. Locks
7. Release the parking brake. Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
Dolly Towing from the Rear absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 311.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
The vehicle can be towed from the wash it often and out of direct
front using a dolly. To tow the sunlight.
vehicle using a dolly:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow Caution
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions. Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
agents as they can damage the
dolly. Caution vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
3. Put an automatic transmission parts. If damage occurs, it would
Towing the vehicle from the rear
in P (Park) or a manual not be covered by the vehicle
transmission into 1 (First) gear. could damage it. Also, repairs
would not be covered by the warranty. Approved cleaning
4. Set the parking brake and vehicle warranty. Never have the products can be obtained from
remove the key. vehicle towed from the rear. (Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 293
If using an automatic car wash, the vehicle as soon as possible.

Caution (Continued) follow the car wash instructions. The If necessary, use non-abrasive
windshield wiper and rear window cleaners that are marked safe for
your dealer. Follow all wiper, if equipped, must be off. painted surfaces to remove foreign
manufacturer directions regarding Remove any accessories that may matter.
correct product usage, necessary be damaged or interfere with the car
safety precautions, and Occasional hand waxing or mild
wash equipment. polishing should be done to remove
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product. Rinse the vehicle well, before residue from the paint finish. See
washing and after, to remove all your dealer for approved cleaning
cleaning agents completely. If they products.
are allowed to dry on the surface, Do not apply waxes or polishes to
Caution they could stain. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
Dry the finish with a soft, clean decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
Avoid using high-pressure chamois or an all-cotton towel to as damage can occur.
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) avoid surface scratches and water
to the surface of the vehicle. Use spotting.
of power washers exceeding
Caution
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result Finish Care Machine compounding or
in damage or removal of paint Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a
and decals. sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only
are damaged, see your dealer to non-abrasive waxes and polishes
The e symbol is on any
have the damage assessed and that are made for a basecoat/
underhood compartment electrical repaired. Foreign materials such as
center that should not be power clearcoat paint finish on the
calcium chloride and other salts, ice vehicle.
washed. This could cause damage melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
that would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can To keep the paint finish looking new,
damage the vehicle's finish if they keep the vehicle garaged or
remain on painted surfaces. Wash covered whenever possible.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
294 Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
Moldings intended for automotive use. or other harsh cleaners.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the . Ice scrapers or other hard items.
Caution vehicle after washing to protect . Aftermarket appearance caps or
and extend the molding finish. covers while the lamps are
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ illuminated, due to excessive
in a hazy white finish or pitting. Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and heat generated.
This damage would not be Stripes
covered by the vehicle warranty. Caution
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap Failure to clean lamps properly
The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses, can cause damage to the lamp
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or emblems, decals, and stripes. cover that would not be covered
stainless steel. To prevent damage Follow instructions under "Washing by the vehicle warranty.
always follow these cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
instructions: section.
. Be sure the molding is cool to Lamp covers are made of plastic,
the touch before applying any and some have a UV protective Caution
cleaning solution. coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry. Using wax on low gloss black
. Use only approved cleaning finish stripes can increase the
solutions for aluminum, chrome Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
or stainless steel. Some lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low
cleaners are highly acidic or . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and
contain alkaline substances and water only.
can damage the moldings. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
. Always dilute a concentrated
than suggested by the
cleaner according to the manufacturer.
manufacturers instructions.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 295
Air Intakes may require more frequent

application. Black marks from Caution
Clear debris from the air intakes,
rubber material on painted surfaces
between the hood and windshield Chrome wheels and other chrome
can be removed by rubbing with a
when washing the vehicle. trim may be damaged if the
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 311. vehicle is not washed after driving
Windshield and Wiper Blades
on roads that have been sprayed
Clean the outside of the windshield Tires with magnesium, calcium,
with glass cleaner. or sodium chloride. These
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free clean the tires. chlorides are used on roads for
cloth or paper towel soaked with conditions such as ice and dust.
windshield washer fluid or a mild Caution Always wash the chrome with
detergent. Wash the windshield soap and water after exposure.
thoroughly when cleaning the Using petroleum-based tire
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and dressing products on the vehicle
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax may damage the paint finish and/
treatments may cause wiper Caution
or tires. When applying a tire
streaking. dressing, always wipe off any To avoid surface damage, do not
Replace the wiper blades if they are overspray from all painted use strong soaps, chemicals,
worn or damaged. Damage can be surfaces on the vehicle. abrasive polishes, cleaners,
caused by extreme dusty brushes, or cleaners that contain
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, acid on aluminum or
snow, and ice. Wheels and Trim Aluminum
or Chrome chrome-plated wheels. Use only
Weatherstrips approved cleaners. Also, never
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild drive a vehicle with aluminum or
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome-plated wheels through an
weatherstrips to make them last After rinsing thoroughly with clean
automatic car wash that uses
longer, seal better, and not stick or water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at silicone carbide tire cleaning
A wax may then be applied.
least once a year. Hot, dry climates (Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
296 Vehicle Care
Inspect power steering for proper fluid will decrease the life of the
Caution (Continued) hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, transfer case and/or axles and
chafing, etc. should be replaced.
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be Visually check constant velocity joint Sheet Metal Damage
covered by the vehicle warranty. boots and axle seals for leaks.
If the vehicle is damaged and
Body Component Lubrication requires sheet metal repair or
Brake System Lubricate all key lock cylinders, replacement, make sure the body
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the repair shop applies anti-corrosion
Visually inspect brake lines and material to parts repaired or
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, steel fuel door hinges, unless the
components are plastic. Applying replaced to restore corrosion
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect protection.
disc brake pads for wear and rotors silicone grease on weatherstrips
for surface condition. Inspect drum with a clean cloth will make them Original manufacturer replacement
brake linings/shoes for wear or last longer, seal better, and not stick parts will provide the corrosion
cracks. Inspect other brake parts, or squeak. protection while maintaining the
including drums, wheel cylinders, vehicle warranty.
Underbody Maintenance
calipers, parking brake, master Finish Damage
cylinder, brake fluid reservoir, At least twice a year, spring and fall,
vacuum pipes, electric vacuum use plain water to flush any Quickly repair minor chips and
pump including bracket, and vent corrosive materials from the scratches with touch-up materials
hose, if equipped. underbody. Take care to thoroughly available from your dealer to avoid
clean any areas where mud and corrosion. Larger areas of finish
Steering, Suspension, and other debris can collect. damage can be corrected in your
Chassis Components dealer's body and paint shop.
Do not directly power wash the
Visually inspect steering, transfer case and/or front/rear axle Chemical Paint Spotting
suspension, and chassis output seals. High pressure water
components for damaged, loose, can overcome the seals and Airborne pollutants can fall upon
or missing parts or signs of wear at contaminate the fluid. Contaminated and attack painted vehicle surfaces
least once a year. causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 297
dark spots etched into the paint Before using cleaners, read and . Do not use solvents or cleaners
surface. See Finish Care follow all safety instructions on the containing solvents.
previously in this section. label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get Interior Glass
Interior Care proper ventilation. To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
To prevent damage, do not clean dampened with water. Wipe droplets
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
the interior using the following left behind with a clean dry cloth.
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
cleaners or techniques: If necessary, use a commercial
Immediately remove any soils. glass cleaner after cleaning with
Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a razor or any other plain water.
transfer color to the vehicles sharp object to remove soil from
interior. any interior surface.
Caution
Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never use a brush with stiff
dust from knobs and crevices on the bristles. To prevent scratching, never use
instrument cluster. Using a mild abrasive cleaners on automotive
. Never rub any surface
soap solution, immediately remove glass. Abrasive cleaners or
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect aggressively or with too much
pressure. aggressive cleaning may damage
repellent from all interior surfaces or the rear window defogger.
permanent damage may result. . Do not use laundry detergents or
Use cleaners specifically designed dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Cleaning the windshield with water
for the surfaces being cleaned to during the first three to six months
prevent permanent damage. Apply use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. of ownership will reduce tendency
all cleaners directly to the cleaning to fog.
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any A concentrated soap solution will
switches or controls. Remove create streaks and attract dirt. Speaker Covers
cleaners quickly. Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap. Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
. Do not heavily saturate the
be damaged. Clean spots with water
upholstery when cleaning. and mild soap.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
298 Vehicle Care
Coated Moldings 2. Remove excess moisture by Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces

gently wringing until water does and Vehicle Information and
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Radio Displays
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
3. Start on the outside edge of the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
soil and gently rub toward the surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
dampened with water.
center. Fold the cleaning cloth use a soft bristle brush to remove
. When heavily soiled, use warm to a clean area frequently to dirt that can scratch the surface.
soapy water. prevent forcing the soil in to the Then gently clean by rubbing with a
fabric. microfiber cloth. Never use window
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically
Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth
using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not
rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
being used, only use it on the floor thoroughly and air dry before
carpet. Before cleaning, gently 5. If the soil is not completely
next use.
remove as much of the soil as removed, use a mild soap
possible: solution followed only by plain
water. Caution
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no If the soil is not completely Do not attach a device with a
more soil can be removed. removed, it may be necessary to suction cup to the display. This
use a commercial upholstery may cause damage and would
. For solid soils, remove as much
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small not be covered by the vehicle
as possible prior to vacuuming. hidden area for colorfastness before warranty.
To clean: using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
formation occurs, clean the entire
colorfast cloth with water.
fabric or carpet.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint After cleaning, use a paper towel to
transfer to the fabric or carpet. blot excess moisture.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Care 299
Instrument Panel, Leather, Cargo Cover and

Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued) Convenience Net
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of Wash with warm water and mild
Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not detergent. Do not use chlorine
Surfaces recommended. bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
Use a soft microfiber cloth then dry completely.
dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts
dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
thorough cleaning, use a soft Keep belts clean and dry.
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
mild soap solution. under certain conditions. { Warning
Caution Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
Caution It may severely weaken them. In
Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause a crash, they might not be able to
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics provide adequate protection.
well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air Clean safety belts only with mild
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with soap and lukewarm water.
Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and
them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
300 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
{ Warning side floor.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn
interfere with the pedals. it over.
Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of
cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping
. Use only a single floor mat on
distance which can cause a crash
the driver side.
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
pedals. top of another. retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snap into position.
Removing and Replacing the
Use the following guidelines for Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly
proper floor mat usage: secured in place.
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
. The original equipment floor Verify the floor mat does not
to unlock each retainer and remove.
mats were designed for your interfere with the pedals.
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Service and Maintenance 301
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 301 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 302 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Recommended Fluids and Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Maintenance Replacement scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
Maintenance Records Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 313 importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
302 Service and Maintenance
frequent checks and services. The . Used for high speed or

Additional Required Services - competitive driving.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo service. Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Refer to the information in the
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
Maintenance Schedule Additional
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Required Services - Severe chart. . Check the engine oil level. See
0 187. Engine Oil 0 226.
. Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
{ Warning Once a Month
limits. Performing maintenance work can . Check the tire inflation
be dangerous and can cause pressures. See Tire Pressure
. Use the recommended fuel. See
serious injury. Perform 0 261.
Fuel 0 213.
maintenance work only if the . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the required information, proper tools, Tire Inspection 0 266.
Maintenance Schedule Additional
and equipment are available. . Check the windshield washer
Required Services - Normal chart.
If they are not, see your dealer to fluid level. See Washer Fluid
The Additional Required Services - have a trained technician do the 0 237.
Severe are for vehicles that are: work. See Doing Your Own
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Service Work 0 221.
in hot weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
. Frequently towing a trailer.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 266.
When a : % CHANGE message
7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks.
displays in the DIC, have the engine
oil and filter changed within the next Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under the the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
best conditions, the engine oil life following services. See Tire 0 230.
system may not indicate the need Rotation 0 266.
. Inspect brake system. See
for vehicle service for up to a year. . Check engine oil level and oil Exterior Care 0 292.
The engine oil and filter must be life percentage. If needed,
changed at least once a year and . Visually inspect steering,
change engine oil and filter, and
the oil life system must be reset. suspension, and chassis
reset oil life system. See Engine
Your trained dealer technician can Oil 0 226 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose,
perform this work. If the engine oil System 0 228. or missing parts or signs of
life system is reset accidentally, wear. See Exterior Care 0 292.
service the vehicle within 5 000 km/ . Check engine coolant level. See
. Check restraint system
3,000 mi since the last service. Engine Coolant 0 233.
components. See Safety System
Reset the oil life system when the . Check windshield washer fluid Check 0 55.
oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life level. See Washer Fluid 0 237.
System 0 228. . Visually inspect fuel system for
. Visually inspect windshield wiper damage or leaks.
blades for wear, cracking,
. Visually inspect exhaust system
or contamination. See Exterior
and nearby heat shields for
Care 0 292. Replace worn or
loose or damaged parts.
damaged wiper blades. See
Wiper Blade Replacement . Lubricate body components. See
0 242. Exterior Care 0 292.
. Check tire inflation pressures. . Check starter switch. See Starter
See Tire Pressure 0 261. Switch Check 0 240.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. Check automatic transmission . Check accelerator pedal for
shift lock control function. See damage, high effort, or binding.
Automatic Transmission Shift Replace if needed.
Lock Control Function Check . Visually inspect gas strut for
0 241. signs of wear, cracks, or other
. Check ignition transmission lock. damage. Check the hold open
See Ignition Transmission Lock ability of the strut. See your
Check 0 241. dealer if service is required.
. Check parking brake and . Check tire sealant expiration
automatic transmission park date, if equipped. See Tire
mechanism. See Park Brake and Sealant and Compressor Kit
P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 275.
0 241. . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 42.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Except 1.4L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@
1.4L Engine Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
1.8L Engine Only: Replace timing belt, idler
pulley, and timing belt tensioner. (6)
@
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6) @ @ @
Footnotes Maintenance driving in areas with heavy traffic, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
Schedule Additional Required poor air quality, high dust levels, can help determine when to replace
Services - Normal or environmental allergens. the filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever Passenger compartment air filter (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if and hoses for proper hook-up,
passenger compartment air filter there is reduced airflow, window routing, and condition.
replacement may be needed if
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
(3) Or every four years, whichever (4) Or every five years, whichever (5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty comes first. See Cooling System comes first. Inspect for fraying,
conditions, inspect the filter at each 0 232. excessive cracking, or damage;
oil change or more often as needed. replace, if needed.
(6) Or every three years, whichever
comes first.
1 2 0 0 0 km /7 ,5 0 0 m i
2 4 0 0 0 k m /1 5 ,0 0 0 m i
3 6 0 0 0 k m /2 2 ,5 0 0 m i
4 8 0 0 0 k m /3 0 ,0 0 0 m i
6 0 0 0 0 k m /3 7 ,5 0 0 m i
7 2 0 0 0 k m /4 5 ,0 0 0 m i
8 4 0 0 0 k m /5 2 ,5 0 0 m i
9 6 0 0 0 k m /6 0 ,0 0 0 m i
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m /6 7 ,5 0 0 m i
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m /7 5 ,0 0 0 m i
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m /8 2 ,5 0 0 m i
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m /9 0 ,0 0 0 m i
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m /9 7 ,5 0 0 m i
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m /1 0 5 ,0 0 0 m i
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m /11 2 ,5 0 0 m i
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m /1 2 0 ,0 0 0 m i
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m /1 2 7 ,5 0 0 m i
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m /1 3 5 ,0 0 0 m i
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m /1 4 2 ,5 0 0 m i
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m /1 5 0 ,0 0 0 m i
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Except 1.4L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@
1.4L Engine Only: Replace spark plugs. Inspect
spark plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
1.8L Engine Only: Replace timing belt, idler
pulley, and timing belt tensioner. (6)
@
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6) @ @ @
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Footnotes Maintenance (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines Special Application
Schedule Additional Required and hoses for proper hook-up,
Services - Severe routing, and condition. Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever (3) Or every four years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use
comes first. More frequent comes first. If driving in dusty Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
passenger compartment air filter conditions, inspect the filter at each components every 5 000 km/
replacement may be needed if oil change or more often as needed. 3,000 mi.
driving in areas with heavy traffic, (4) Or every five years, whichever . Have underbody flushing service
poor air quality, high dust levels, comes first. See Cooling System performed. See "Underbody
or environmental allergens. 0 232. Maintenance" in Exterior Care
Passenger compartment air filter
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever 0 292.
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window comes first. Inspect for fraying,
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer excessive cracking, or damage;
can help determine when to replace replace, if needed.
the filter. (6) Or every three years, whichever
comes first.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have
Additional start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment
Maintenance and Care battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts
Your vehicle is an important
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle.
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly the battery and ensure that the Fluids
repairs. To maintain vehicle connections and cables are
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
performance, additional
fluids protect the vehicles systems
maintenance services may be
Belts and components. See
required.
. Belts may need replacing if they Recommended Fluids and
It is recommended that your dealer Lubricants 0 311 for GM approved
squeak or show signs of
perform these services their fluids.
cracking or splitting.
trained dealer technicians know . Engine oil and windshield
your vehicle best. Your dealer can . Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be
also perform a thorough
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill.
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
vehicle may need attention. replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids
. A message may indicate when may be low and need to be
The following list is intended to
scheduled maintenance on the filled.
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate timing belt and other Hoses
services are required. components is required.
Hoses transport fluids and should
Battery Brakes be regularly inspected to ensure
Brakes stop the vehicle and are that there are no cracks or leaks.
The battery supplies power to start
crucial to safe driving. With a multi-point inspection, your
the engine and operate any
dealer can inspect the hoses and
additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include advise if replacement is needed.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Lamps of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and

Properly working headlamps, or damage, and can advise protect the vehicles interior and
taillamps, and brake lamps are when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 297 and
important to see and be seen on Exterior Care 0 292.
Tires
the road. Wheel Alignment
Tires need to be properly inflated,
. Signs that the headlamps need rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for
attention include dimming, failure the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver
to light, cracking, or damage. and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance.
The brake lamps need to be failure. . Signs that the alignment may
checked periodically to ensure
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include
that they light when braking.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
. With a multi-point inspection, visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
your dealer can check the lamps or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
and note any concerns. rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
Shocks and Struts tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
Shocks and struts help aid in control Windshield
. Trained dealer technicians can
for a smoother ride.
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
. Signs of wear may include tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
sway while braking, longer services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
stopping distance, or uneven vehicle operation at all speeds.
tire wear. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
. As part of the multi-point name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspection, trained dealer inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Recommended Fluids
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved
engine oil. See Engine Oil 0 226.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 233.
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19259104, in Canada 19259105).
Chassis Lubrication and Manual Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
Transmission Shift Linkage lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Release Pawl
Key Lock Cylinders and Hood and Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Door Hinges Canada 10953474).
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 96950990
Engine Oil Filter 55594651 PF2257G
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13356914 CF184
Spark Plugs
1.4L L4 LUV 55585517 41121
1.8L L4 LUW 55585534 41122
1.8L L4 LWE 55585534 41122
Wiper Blades
Driver Side 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 95228809
Passenger Side 38.0 cm (15.0 in) 95228810
Rear 26.5 cm (10.4 in) 95016791
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
314 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, in the spare tire well in
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) the trunk, has the following
Vehicle Identification
information:
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Number (VIN).
Vehicle Data . Model designation.
Capacities and . Paint information.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
. Production options and special
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 317
This legal identifier is in the front equipment.
corner of the instrument panel, on
Do not remove this label from the
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
vehicle.
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See Engine Specifications
under Capacities and Specifications
0 315 for the vehicle's engine code.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Technical Data 315
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 311 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
1.4L L4 6.5 L 6.9 qt
1.8L L4 6.0 L 6.3 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
1.4L L4 4.0 L 4.2 qt
1.8L L4 4.5 L 4.8 qt
Fuel Tank
With RS Trim 46.0 L 12.2 gal
Excluding RS Trim 41.0 L 10.8 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
316 Technical Data
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.4L L4 LUV B Automatic and Manual 0.600.70 mm (0.024
0.028 in)
1.8L L4 LUW H Automatic and Manual 0.600.70 mm (0.024
0.028 in)
1.8L L4 LWE G Automatic and Manual 0.600.70 mm (0.024
0.028 in)
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Technical Data 317
Engine Drive Belt Routing
1.8L L4 Engine (with Air 1.8L L4 Engine (without Air

Conditioning) Conditioning)
1.4L L4 Engine
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
318 Customer Information
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 321
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 321 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 330 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 325 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Customer Information 319
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Limited wants you to be aware of its For further information concerning United States and Puerto Rico
participation in a no-charge eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada Limited call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
Center
has committed to binding arbitration the General Motors Customer Care
P.O. Box 33170
of owner disputes involving Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
factory-related vehicle service 1-800-263-7854 (French),
www.Chevrolet.com
claims. The program provides for or write to:
the review of the facts involved by 1-800-222-1020
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
an impartial third party arbiter, and 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
c/o Customer Care Centre
may include an informal hearing Telephone Devices (TTYs))
General Motors of Canada Limited
before the arbiter. The program is Roadside Assistance:
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-243-8872
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
settlement process, from the time Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From U.S. Virgin Islands:
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in The inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-496-9994
about 70 days. We believe our by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Canada
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions General Motors of Canada Limited
because it is informal, quick, and Customer Assistance Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
free of charge. Offices CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Chevrolet encourages customers to Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
call the toll-free number for www.gm.ca
assistance. However, if a customer
1-800-263-3777 (English)
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
1-800-263-7854 (French)
the letter should be addressed to:
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Overseas Membership Benefits H (Other Account Information) :

Please contact the local General E (Vehicle Information) : View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
Motors Business Unit. Download owner manuals and view radio, and OnStar account
vehicle-specific how-to videos. information (if equipped).
Customer Assistance for G (Maintenance Information) : F (Live Chat Support) : Chat with
Text Telephone (TTY) View maintenance schedules, online help representatives.
Users alerts, and OnStar Vehicle See my.chevrolet.com to register
Diagnostic Information. Schedule your vehicle.
To assist customers who are deaf, service appointments.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Chevrolet Owner Centre
and who use Text Telephones
I (Service History) : View and (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
print dealer-recorded service
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
records and self-recorded service Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
equipment available at its Customer
records. . Chat live with online help
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with D (Preferred Dealer representatives.
Chevrolet by dialing: Information) : Select a preferred . Locate owner resources such as
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in dealer and view locations, maps, lease-end, financing, and
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. phone numbers, and hours. warranty information.
r (Warranty Tracking . Retrieve your favorite articles,
Online Owner Center Information) : Track your vehicles quizzes, tips, and multimedia
warranty information. galleries organized into the
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Recall Information) : View Featured Articles and Auto Care
active recalls by Vehicle Sections.
The Chevrolet online owner Identification Number (VIN). See
experience allows interaction with . Download owner manuals.
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Chevrolet and keeps important 0 314. . Find the
vehicle-specific information in one Chevrolet-recommended
place. maintenance services.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage

Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicles powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
warranty.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800.
permission from the owner is not
Service is available 24 hours a day, covered.
This program is available to 365 days a year.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
reimbursement of eligible General Motors North America and
aftermarket adaptive equipment When calling Roadside Assistance, Chevrolet reserve the right to make
required for the vehicle, such as have the following information any changes or discontinue the
hand controls or a wheelchair/ ready: Roadside Assistance program at
scooter lift for the vehicle. . Your name, home address, and any time without notification.
For more information on the limited home telephone number. General Motors North America and
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Telephone number of your Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
call the GM Mobility Assistance location. services or payment to an owner or
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text driver if they decide the claims are
. Location of the vehicle.
Telephone (TTY) users, call made too often, or the same type of
1-800-833-9935. . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times.
General Motors of Canada also has plate number of the vehicle.
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca . Odometer reading, Vehicle
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Identification Number (VIN), and
for details. TTY users call delivery date of the vehicle.
1-800-263-3830. . Description of the problem.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services Specific to

. jump start a dead battery. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is is up to 7 liters. If available,
service station. interrupted due to a warranty diesel fuel delivery may be
. event, incidental expenses may restricted. Propane and other
Lock-Out Service: Service to
be reimbursed within the fuels are not provided through
unlock the vehicle if you are
Powertrain warranty period. this service.
locked out. A remote unlock may
Items considered are reasonable
be available if you have OnStar. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
and customary hotel, meals,
For security reasons, the driver registration is required.
rental car, or a vehicle being
must present identification .
delivered back to the customer, Trip Interruption Benefits and
before this service is given.
up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over
. Emergency Tow from a Public 150 km from where your trip was
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in started to qualify. General
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance Motors of Canada Limited
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by requires pre-authorization,
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. original detailed receipts, and a
driven. Assistance is not given copy of the repair orders. Once
when the vehicle is stuck in the . Legal fines. authorization has been received,
sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, the Roadside Assistance advisor
. Flat Tire Change: Service to or changing of snow tires, will help to make arrangements
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices. and explain how to receive
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle payment.
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible . Alternative Service: If
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a assistance cannot be provided
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained right away, the Roadside
replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and Assistance advisor may give
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not permission to get local
covered. emergency road service. You will
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
receive payment, up to $100, If your dealer requests you to bring Courtesy Transportation is not a
after sending the original receipt the vehicle for service, you are part of the New Vehicle Limited
to Roadside Assistance. urged to do so as early in the work Warranty. A separate booklet
Mechanical failures may be day as possible to allow for entitled Limited Warranty and
covered, however any cost for same-day repair. Owner Assistance Information
parts and labor for repairs not furnished with each new vehicle
covered by the warranty are the Courtesy Transportation provides detailed warranty coverage
owner responsibility. information.
Program
Scheduling Service To enhance your ownership Transportation Options
experience, we and our participating Warranty service can generally be
Appointments dealers are proud to offer Courtesy completed while you wait. However,
When the vehicle requires warranty Transportation, a customer support if you are unable to do so, your
service, contact your dealer and program for vehicles with the dealer may offer the following
request an appointment. By Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty transportation options:
scheduling a service appointment Coverage period in Canada),
and advising the service consultant extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle Service
of your transportation needs, your hybrid-specific warranties in both This includes one-way or round-trip
dealer can help minimize your the U.S. and Canada. shuttle service within reasonable
inconvenience. Several Courtesy Transportation time and distance parameters of
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled options are available to assist in your dealer's area.
into the service department reducing inconvenience when
immediately, keep driving it until it warranty repairs are required.
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Public Transportation or Fuel insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Collision Damage Repair
Reimbursement Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, If the vehicle is involved in a
If overnight warranty repairs are collision and it is damaged, have the
needed, and public transportation is excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair damage repaired by a qualified
used, the expense must be technician using the proper
supported by original receipts and are also your responsibility.
equipment and quality replacement
within the maximum amount allowed It may not be possible to provide a parts. Poorly performed collision
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. like vehicle as a courtesy rental. repairs diminish the vehicle resale
customers arrange their own value, and safety performance can
transportation, limited Additional Program
Information be compromised in subsequent
reimbursement for reasonable fuel collisions.
expenses may be available. Claim All program options, such as shuttle
amounts should reflect actual costs service, may not be available at Collision Parts
and be supported by original every dealer. Contact your dealer Genuine GM Collision parts are new
receipts. See your dealer for for specific availability. parts made with the same materials
information. and construction methods as the
General Motors reserves the right to
Courtesy Rental Vehicle unilaterally modify, change, parts with which the vehicle was
or discontinue Courtesy originally built. Genuine GM
For an overnight warranty repair, the Collision parts are the best choice to
dealer may provide an available Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim ensure that the vehicle's designed
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for appearance, durability, and safety
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its are preserved. The use of Genuine
Reimbursement is limited and must GM parts can help maintain the GM
be supported by original receipts as sole discretion.
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Recycled original equipment parts Repair Facility original equipment collision parts.
may also be used for repair. These If such insurance coverage is not
GM also recommends that you
parts are typically removed from available from your current
choose a collision repair facility that
vehicles that were total losses in insurance carrier, consider switching
meets your needs before you ever
prior crashes. In most cases, the to another insurance carrier.
need collision repairs. Your dealer
parts being recycled are from If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
may have a collision repair center
undamaged sections of the vehicle. company may require you to have
with GM-trained technicians and
A recycled original equipment GM insurance that ensures repairs with
stateoftheart equipment, or be
part may be an acceptable choice to Genuine GM Original Equipment
able to recommend a collision repair
maintain the vehicle's originally Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
center that has GM-trained
designed appearance and safety Genuine Manufacturer replacement
technicians and comparable
performance; however, the history of parts. Read the lease carefully, as
equipment.
these parts is not known. Such parts you may be charged at the end of
are not covered by the GM New Insuring the Vehicle the lease for poor quality repairs.
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by Protect your investment in the GM If a Crash Occurs
that warranty. vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call
Aftermarket collision parts are also are significant differences in the emergency services for help. Do not
available. These are made by quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
companies other than GM and may various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of.
not have been tested for the vehicle. Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position
As a result, these parts may fit reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police
corrosion problems, and may not damage repairs by using officer.
perform properly in subsequent aftermarket collision parts. Some Give only the necessary information
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not insurance companies will not to police and other parties involved
covered by the GM New Vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts. in the crash.
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle When purchasing insurance, we
failure related to such parts is not recommend that you ensure that the
covered by that warranty. vehicle will be repaired with GM
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
For emergency towing see Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance
Roadside Assistance Program Repair Process company is paying for the repairs,
0 322. you are not obligated to accept a
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that
Gather the following information: damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy
. Driver name, address, and that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no
telephone number. repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company.
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control
. Driver license number. vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as
. Owner name, address, and Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within
telephone number. required replacement collision parts reasonable limits.
. be original equipment parts, either
Vehicle license plate number.
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember,
Service Publications
model year. recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification the GM vehicle warranty. (US and Canada Only)
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy
number. Depending on your policy limits, Service Manuals have the diagnosis
your insurance company may and repair information on the
. General description of the initially value the repair using engines, transmission, axle,
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with suspension, brakes, electrical,
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on steering, body, etc.
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember,
See Collision Parts earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be
section. obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag does not pay the full cost.
Inflates? 0 61.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Service Bulletins Current and Past Models Radio Frequency

Service Bulletins give additional Technical Service Bulletins and Statement
technical service information Manuals are available for current
This vehicle has systems that
needed to knowledgeably service and past model GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that
General Motors cars and trucks. ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Each bulletin contains instructions 1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday Federal Communications
to assist in the diagnosis and 8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with
service of the vehicle.
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards
Owner Information (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES001.
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended Or write to: Operation is subject to the following
to provide basic operational two conditions:
information about the vehicle. The Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause
Owner Manual includes the harmful interference.
Maintenance Schedule for all 47911 Halyard Drive
models. Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, interference that may cause
Owner Manual, and Warranty notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
Manual. device.
delivery.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 Changes or modifications to any of
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an
shipping fees. authorized service facility could void
funds.
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. authorization to use this equipment.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects
the Vehicle Safety Hotline to General Motors
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Reporting Safety Defects www.safercar.gov; or write to: Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
to the United States Administrator, NHTSA
Government Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590 Chevrolet Motor Division
If you believe that your vehicle
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other Center
a crash or could cause injury or information about motor vehicle P.O. Box 33170
death, you should immediately safety from http:// Detroit, MI 48232-5170
inform the National Highway www.safercar.gov.
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
Traffic Safety Administration (English) or 1-800-263-7854
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Reporting Safety Defects (French), or write:
General Motors. to the Canadian General Motors of Canada Limited
If NHTSA receives similar Government Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
complaints, it may open an If you live in Canada, and you CA1-163-005
investigation, and if it finds that believe that the vehicle has a safety 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
a safety defect exists in a group defect, notify Transport Canada Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
of vehicles, it may order a recall immediately, and notify General
and remedy campaign. Motors of Canada Limited. Call
However, NHTSA cannot Transport Canada at
become involved in individual 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
problems between you, your Transport Canada
dealer, or General Motors. Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur.
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near Note
The vehicle has a number of
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your
computers that record information
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
about the vehicles performance and
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are
understanding how a vehicles recorded by the EDR under normal
vehicle uses computer modules to
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal
monitor and control engine and
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded.
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law
deployment and deploy them in a
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
investigation.
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated, special equipment is required, and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
GM will not access these data or OnStar

share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or, If the vehicle is equipped with
if the vehicle is leased, with the OnStar and has an active
consent of the lessee; in response subscription, additional data may be
to an official request by police or collected through the OnStar
similar government office; as part of system. This includes information
GM's defense of litigation through about the vehicles operation;
the discovery process; or, as collisions involving the vehicle; the
required by law. Data that GM use of the vehicle and its features;
collects or receives may also be and, in certain situations, the
used for GM research needs or may location and approximate GPS
be made available to others for speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
research purposes, where a need is OnStar Terms and Conditions and
shown and the data is not tied to a Privacy Statement on the OnStar
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 336.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
332 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement

for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
OnStar Services status light is:
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 . Solid Green: System is ready.
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Q Blue OnStar Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
> Emergency Button . Off: System is off. Press Q
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor.
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor.
services may require a paid Press = to:
subscription. OnStar requires the
vehicle battery and electrical . Make a call, end a call,
system, cellular service, and GPS or answer an incoming call.
satellite signals to be available and . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
operating. OnStar acts as a link to voice commands.
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
information about you and your Navigation voice commands.
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStars Terms &
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
OnStar 333
. Obtain the Wi-Fi hotspot name OnStar Services Security
or SSID and password,
if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Emergency Services require
Advisor to: a specific OnStar subscription plan. OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or With Automatic Crash Response, in pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. many crashes, built-in sensors can authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. automatically alert a specially . With Remote Ignition Block,
trained OnStar Advisor who is if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of immediately connected to the
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being started.
vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Navigation
Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a
7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicles navigation screen,
. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors if equipped.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
334 OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat sent to the navigation screen can

only be canceled through the
1. Press Q to connect to an 1. Press =. System responds: navigation system.
Advisor. OnStar ready, then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
2. Request directions to be 2. Say Repeat. System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
3. Follow the voice-guided
OnStar ready, then a tone.
commands. The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
Cancel Route
2. Say Get my destination. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
OnStar ready, then a tone. address and distance to the
destination, then responds with The vehicle may have a built-in
2. Say Cancel route. System Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
responds: Do you want to OnStar ready, then a tone.
to the Internet and web content at
cancel directions? Destination Download 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
3. Say Yes. System responds: Subscribers can have directions devices can be connected. A data
OK, request completed, thank sent to the vehicles navigation plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
you, goodbye. screen, if equipped. controls only when it is safe to
do so.
Route Preview Press Q, then ask the Advisor to 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
1. Press =. System responds: download directions to the vehicles
navigation system, if equipped. After information, press =, wait for
OnStar ready, then a tone. the prompt, then say Wi-Fi
the call ends, press the Go button
2. Say Route preview. System on the navigation screen to begin settings. On some vehicles,
responds with the next three driving directions. Routes that are touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
maneuvers. screen.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
OnStar 335
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display . Check the vehicles fuel level, oil OnStar Hands-Free Calling
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), life, or tire pressure,
Make and receive calls with the
password, and on some if factory-equipped with the Tire
built-in wireless calling service.
vehicles, the connection type Pressure Monitor System.
(no Internet connection, 3G, . Send directions to the vehicle. Make a Call
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent). . Locate the vehicle on a map 1. Press =. System responds:
(U.S. market only). OnStar ready.
3. To change the SSID or
. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot 2. Say Call. System responds:
password, press Q or call
on/off, manage settings, and Call. Please say the name or
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
monitor data consumption, number to call.
with an Advisor.
if equipped. 3. Say the entire number without
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App For OnStar RemoteLink information pausing, including a 1 and the
(If Equipped) and compatibility, see area code. System responds:
Download the OnStar RemoteLink www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OK, calling.
mobile app to select Apple, www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Android, BlackBerry, Calling 911 Emergency
or Windows mobile devices. Remote Services
1. Press =. System responds:
OnStar Subscribers can access the Contact an OnStar Advisor to OnStar ready.
following services from a mobile unlock the doors or sound the horn
device: and flash the lamps. 2. Say Call. System responds:
Call. Please say the name or
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, OnStar AtYourService number to call.
if factory-equipped.
OnStar Advisors can provide 3. Say 911 without pausing.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped savings offers from restaurants and System responds: 911.
with automatic locks. retailers on your route, help locate 4. Say Call. System responds:
. Activate the horn and lamps. hotels, or book a room. OK, dialing 911.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
336 OnStar
Retrieve My Number OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent

Owners
1. Press =. System responds: Information
OnStar ready. Press Q and follow the prompts to
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as
2. Say My number. System
responds: Your OnStar Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update
Hands-Free Calling number is, information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar
then says the number. service options.
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
End a Call Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response,
Press =. System responds: Call every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
ended. Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
. After change in ownership and
Verify Minutes and Expiration at 90 days. Diagnostics, Remote Services,
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Press = and say Minutes then Transferring Service Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
Verify to check how many minutes are available on most vehicles. Not
remain and their expiration date. Press Q to request account transfer all OnStar services are available
eligibility information. The Advisor everywhere or on all vehicles. For
Diagnostics can cancel or change account more information, a full description
information. of OnStar services, system
OnStar Advanced Diagnostics can limitations, and OnStar terms and
perform a check of the vehicle's key Selling/Transferring the
conditions:
operating systems through a Vehicle
monthly diagnostics report, through . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
real time alerts or by pressing Q. (1-888-466-7827) immediately to
OnStar can also monitor tire terminate your OnStar services if . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
pressure, if equipped with a Tire the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Pressure Monitor System. transferred, or if the lease ends.
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
OnStar 337
. Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification
Advisor. 0 328. Number (PIN)
OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some
the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need
OnStar has an agreement with a to be changed the first time when
Advisors provide services to help speaking with an Advisor. To
wireless service provider for service
Subscribers with physical disabilities change the OnStar PIN, contact an
in that area. The wireless service
and medical conditions.
provider must also have coverage, OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
technology compatible with OnStar
. Locate a gas station with an Warranty
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot attendant to pump gas.
OnStar equipment may be
work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle
available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs. warranty.
compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest
hardware. OnStar services may not Languages
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
work if the OnStar equipment is not The vehicle can be programmed to
situations.
properly installed or it has not been respond in multiple languages.
properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users
software is added, connected, Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English,
not work. Other problems beyond communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available
the control of OnStar such as hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country.
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, customers while in the vehicle. The
electrical system design and available dealer-installed TTY
architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services,
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
jamming may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
338 OnStar
Potential Issues A temporary loss of GPS can cause Vehicle and Power Issues
loss of the ability to send a
OnStar cannot perform Remote OnStar services require a vehicle
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle electrical system, wireless service,
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Assistance after the vehicle has and GPS satellite technologies to be
may ask for a call back after the
been off continuously for five days available and operating for features
vehicle is driven into an open area.
without an ignition cycle. If the to function properly. These systems
vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas may not operate if the battery is
five days, OnStar can contact discharged or disconnected.
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith Cellular reception is required for
to help gain access to the vehicle. OnStar to send remote signals to Add-on Electrical Equipment
the vehicle. Do not place items over
The OnStar system is integrated
Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent
into the electrical architecture of the
System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
reception.
. Obstruction of the GPS can equipment. See Add-On Electrical
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Equipment 0 217. Added electrical
buildings; in parking garages; Message equipment may interfere with the
around airports; in tunnels and operation of the OnStar system and
underpasses; or in an area with If there is limited cellular coverage cause it to not operate.
very dense trees. If GPS signals or the cellular network has reached
are not available, the OnStar maximum capacity, this message Vehicle Software Updates
system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a software updates or changes to the
could have difficulty identifying few miles into another cellular area. vehicle without further notice or
the exact location. consent. These updates or changes
. In emergency situations, OnStar may enhance or maintain safety,
can use the last stored GPS security, or the operation of the
location to send to emergency vehicle or the vehicle systems.
responders. Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
OnStar 339
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name Privacy libcurl:

tags, saved navigation destinations, COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
The complete OnStar Privacy
or pre-set radio stations. Neither NOTICE
Statement may be found at
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
www.onstar.com (U.S.), Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
any affected or erased data or
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
settings. These updates or changes
recommend that you review it. If you
may also collect personal All rights reserved.
have any questions, call
information. Such collection is
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) Permission to use, copy, modify,
described in the OnStar privacy
statement or separately disclosed at or press Q to speak with an and distribute this software for any
the time of installation. These Advisor. Users of wireless purpose with or without fee is
updates or changes may also cause communications are cautioned that hereby granted, provided that the
a system to automatically the privacy of any information sent above copyright notice and this
communicate with GM servers to via wireless cellular communications permission notice appear in all
collect information about vehicle cannot be assured. Third parties copies.
system status, identify whether may unlawfully intercept or access THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
updates or changes are available, transmissions and private AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
or deliver updates or changes. An communications without consent. ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
active OnStar agreement constitutes IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
OnStar - Software
consent to these software updates LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
or changes and agreement that Acknowledgements
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
either OnStar or GM may remotely Certain OnStar components include FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
deliver them to the vehicle. libcurl and unzip software and other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
third party software. Below are the THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
notices and licenses associated with EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
libcurl and unzip and for other third COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
party software please see http:// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
www.lg.com/global/support/ DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
opensource/index and https:// WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ CONTRACT, TORT OR
getdocuments.html
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
340 OnStar
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, For the purposes of this copyright Permission is granted to anyone to
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION and license, Info-ZIP is defined as use this software for any purpose,
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE the following set of individuals: including commercial applications,
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, and to alter it and redistribute it
THE SOFTWARE. Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, freely, subject to the following
Except as contained in this notice, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed restrictions:
the name of a copyright holder shall Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris 1. Redistributions of source code
not be used in advertising or Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, must retain the above copyright
otherwise to promote the sale, use Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, notice, definition, disclaimer,
or other dealings in this Software Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, and this list of conditions.
without prior written authorization of Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, 2. Redistributions in binary form
the copyright holder. Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, (compiled executables) must
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, reproduce the above copyright
unzip: George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai notice, definition, disclaimer,
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, and this list of conditions in
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other
definitive version of this document Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the
should be available at ftp:// Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution
license.html indefinitely. This software is provided as is, of a standard UnZipSFX binary
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a
rights reserved. express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of
liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the
incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not
damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary
inability to use this software. or disabled.
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
OnStar 341
3. Altered versionsincluding, but 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use

not limited to, ports to new the names Info-ZIP, Zip,
operating systems, existing UnZip, UnZipSFX, WiZ,
ports with new graphical Pocket UnZip, Pocket Zip,
interfaces, and dynamic, and MacZip for its own
shared, or static library source and binary releases.
versionsmust be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releasesincluding,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names Info-ZIP (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), Pocket
UnZip, WiZ or MacZip
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
342 Index
Airbags
Index A
Accessories and Adding Equipment to the
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . 99
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 217 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Additional Information Servicing Airbag-Equipped
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Additional Maintenance System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Alarm
Agreements Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Trademarks and License . . . . . 174 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 230 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Air Filter, Passenger Antenna
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 202
Airbag System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Appearance Care
How Does an Airbag Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 62 Armrest
What Makes an Airbag Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Assistance Program,
What Will You See after an Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Audio
When Should an Airbag Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 128
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 58
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Index 343
Automatic Brakes (cont'd) Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2

Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Capacities and
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 190 Carbon Monoxide
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Automatic Transmission Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 245 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Shift Lock Control Function Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Cargo
Auxiliary Headlamps, Front Turn Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Signal, and Parking Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
B
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 246 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 100
Battery
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Check
Exterior Lighting Battery
Stoplamps, and Back-up Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 241
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Malfunction Indicator
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Child Restraints
Battery - North America . . . .240, 287 C
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 69
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 242 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Lower Anchors and Tethers
Bluetooth California
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 147, 153 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Perchlorate Materials
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 82
Brake Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 102 California
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Proposition
Cleaning
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .220, 240, 287
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Camera
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
344 Index
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 176 Courtesy Transportation Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Cover Door
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 325 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 317
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Driver Information
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Text Telephone (TTY) Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Driving
Compartments Customer Information Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Service Publications Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 327 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 24
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 275 Customer Satisfaction Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 185
Computer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 186
Connections Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
D
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 325
Control Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Traction and Electronic Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 330
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Daytime Running
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 E
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Electrical Equipment,
Coolant
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Electrical System
Engine Temperature
Devices Engine Compartment Fuse
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Diagnostics Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 248
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Index 345
Electrical System (cont'd) Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Front Seats

Instrument Panel Fuse Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 120 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Exterior Lighting Battery Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Emergency Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
F
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Filter,
Engine Filling a Portable Fuel
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Check and Service Engine Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 122
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 223 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 107
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Coolant Temperature Requirements, California . . . . . 214
Fluid
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Fuses
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 229
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Engine Compartment Fuse
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 248
Fog Lamps
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Instrument Panel Fuse
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . 123, 245
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Forward Collision Alert G
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Gauges
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Forward Collision Alert Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . . 107
(FCA) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 104 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 197
Frequency Statement Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17, 192
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Front Fog Lamp Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 330
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Warning Lights and
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
346 Index
General Information Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 176 J

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 301 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Jump Starting - North
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 185 America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 203
K
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Keyless Entry
GM Mobility Reimbursement Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 27
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
H
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 L
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 256
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Lamps
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 122 I
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 121
Headlamps Ignition Transmission Lock
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Exterior Lighting Battery
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Daytime Running Indicator
Headlamps, Front Turn
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Owner Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Signal, and Parking
Daytime Running Lamps Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
(DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . . 108 Infants and Young Children,
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 100
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 108 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 121 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 108 Instrument Panel
Lane Departure
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lane Departure Warning
Heater
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Index 347
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Lights (cont'd) M

LATCH System Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Maintenance
Replacing Parts after a Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 104 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Maintenance and Care
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Reduced Engine Power . . . . . . 107 Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 98 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 302
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . 102 Recommended Fluids and
Lighting StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 100
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Traction Control System Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 124 (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . 105 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Antilock Brake System Warning, Power Steering . . . . . 104 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Link Messages
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 102 Smartphone . . . . . . . . 160, 162, 164 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Locks Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Daytime Running Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Mirrors
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Engine Coolant Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 106 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 106 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 107 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Lower Anchors and Tethers Monitor System, Tire
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 for Children (LATCH Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 121 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
348 Index
N Ordering Pictures and

Navigation Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 327 Movies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165, 170, 172
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Outlets Port
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Power
O
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129, 131 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . . . 102 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Off-Road P
Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . . 107
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Park
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 194
Oil Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Power Steering Warning
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 228 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 54
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Brake and P (Park)
Privacy
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 68 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 241
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 330
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 196
Program
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Passenger Airbag Status
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 324
OnStar Additional Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Proposition
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Passenger Compartment Air
65 Warning,
OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
California . . . . . . . . . . . .220, 240, 287
OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 62
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Perchlorate Materials R
OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Requirements, California . . . . . . 220 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 328
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Personalization Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Radios
Operation Phone AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 132 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 147, 153 Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Index 349
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd) Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd)
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 208 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . 92 Restraints U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Retained Accessory Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Recommended Fluids and Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Roads Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . . . . 142
Records Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 324
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Roadside Assistance Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 290 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Seats
Reduced Engine Power Light . . . 107 Roof Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Reimbursement Program, Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 317 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Running the Vehicle While Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Securing Child Restraints . . . . 80, 82
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Security
S
Replacement Parts OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 67 Service
Replacing LATCH System Accessories and
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Replacing Safety Belt System Climate Control System . . . . . . . 176
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 221
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 55
Reporting Safety Defects Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 54
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 329 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 313
Safety Defects Reporting
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 329
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
350 Index
Service (cont'd) Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 T

Maintenance, General Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Taillamps
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 314 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . 17, 192 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Publications Ordering Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 321
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . . 104 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 37
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 324 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Services Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Storage Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Shift Lock Control Function Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Check, Automatic Storage Areas Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Shifting Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 86 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Signals, Turn and Storing the Tire Sealant and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Smartphone Link . . . . .160, 162, 164 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Spare Tire Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 263
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 262
Special Application Services . . . . 307 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Specifications and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sealant and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 System Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Forward Collision Sealant and Compressor
StabiliTrak Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
Index 351
Tires (cont'd) Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Vehicle Care

Terminology and Definitions . . 259 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Storing the Tire Sealant
Uniform Tire Quality Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 281
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Turn and Lane-Change Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Wheel Alignment and Tire Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Vehicle Data Recording and
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Turn Signal Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 272 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
When It Is Time for New Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
U
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 270 W
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Warning
Towing
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 102
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 217
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 290
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 212
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 V
Warning Light
Traction Vehicle
Forward Collision
Control System (TCS)/ Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Traction Control/Electronic Identification Number (VIN) . . . 314
Warnings
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Trademarks and License Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Wheels
Transmission Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 272
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
When It Is Time for New
Transportation Program, Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 104
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 73
2016 - CRC - 5/27/15
352 Index
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 242
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

2016 Sonic Owners Manual

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

2016 Sonic Owners Manual

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Sonic_23426672A_COVER.

pdf 1 7/20/2015 9:50:04 AM

Introduction was not purchased on the vehicle, Helm, Incorporated

the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control

In Brief Vehicle Features

Initial Drive Press and release 7 to initiate

Press Q to lock all doors. 2. Immediately press and hold /

Canceling a Remote Start . Press the lock knob on the driver

To open the trunk from outside of Power Windows

To lock the trunk from the outside

Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster Reclining Seatbacks

If available, move the lever up or To recline a manual seatback:

Second Row Seats

Head Restraint Canada

The passenger airbag status Power Outside Mirrors Interior Mirror

The exterior lamp control is on the

Hatchback Shown, Sedan Similar

1. Move the shift lever from

Climate Control System with Climate Control System with

Manual Transmission Reverse Lockout Starting the Engine

Vehicle Features Storing a Favorite Station Radio Controls with

SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide Bluetooth

Steering Wheel Controls For vehicles with OnStar or Cruise Control

Power Outlets Sunroof Open/Close : To open the sunroof,

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

. Press Q or K on the Remote . Press K on the central locking

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If a door is reopened before If equipped with a manual Safety Locks

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

To open a rear door when the safety Doors

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To open the trunk from outside of

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

Liftgate (Hatchback) Warning (Continued)

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security Slow Flash : Alarm system is

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Folding Mirrors Interior Mirrors Windows

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Roof Open/Close : To open the sunroof,

On vehicles with this feature, the

Seats and Restraints 43

Seats and Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 58

44 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 45

If available, move the lever up or

46 Seats and Restraints

Reclining Seatbacks To recline a manual seatback:

Seats and Restraints 47

There is an armrest on the inboard

Heated Front Seats

48 Seats and Restraints